V,

^

FOKTHE PEOPLE

FOR EDVCATION

FOR SCIENCE

LIBRARY

OF

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM

OF

NATURAL HISTORY

A.M. N,

ROYAL SOCIETY

OF

TASMANIA

PAPERS & PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY
OF TASMANIA ^

FOR THE YEAR

1919

With 27 Plates and 2 Text-Figures.

.al:^

IT*" ■-■Aafc.'.

ISSUED 6th MARCH. 1920
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY.

The Tasmanian Museum. Argyle Street, Hobart.
1920

Priee: Nine Shillings and Sixpence.

Kou ii;

The responsibility of the statements and opinions in
the following papers and discussions rests with the
individual authors and speakers; the Society merely
places them on record.

Printed by Oavies Brothers Limited, Macquarie Street, Hobart, Tasmania,

THE ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA.

The Koval Society of Tasmania was founded on the 14tli Octo-
ber, 1843, l>y His Excellency Sii- John Eardley Eardley Wilmot,
Lieutenant Covernor of Van Diemen's Land, as "The Botani-
cal and Horticultural Society of Van Diemen's Land." The
Botanical Gardens in the Queen's Domain, near Hobart, were
shortly afterwards placed under its management, and a grant
of £4(JU a year towards their nuiintenance was made by the
Government. In 1844, His Ex«>llency annount-i-d to the
Society that Her Majestv the Queen had signified her con-
sent to become its patron ; and that its designation should
thenceforward \xi "The Royal Society of Van Diemen's Land
for Horticulture, Botany, and the Advancement of Science."

In 1848 the Society established the Tasmanian Museum ; and
in 1849 it commenccKl the publication of its "'Papers and Pro-
ceedings."

In 1854 the Legislative Council of Tasmania by 'The Uoyal
Society .\ct" made provision for vesting the property of the
Society in trustees, and for othi'r matters connected with the
management of its affairs.

In ]8")o the i.ame of the Colony was changed to Tasnuinia,
and the Society then became "The Royal Society of Tasmania
for Horticulture, Hotany and the .\(l\ancoment of Science."

In 18f)0 a piece of ground at tho cornier of Argvlc and Mac-
quarie streots, Hobart. was given liy the Crown to the Society
as a site for a Museum, and a giant of t.'i.OdO was made for tin-
erection of a l)uilding. I'he Society contiibutfd tl.80(» towards
rhe cost, and thv ih-w .Muscnin Mas finished in 1*^02.

In 188.") the Societ.v ga\e back to the Crown tin- liotanical
Garden-; ami the Museum which, with the collections of tht^
Museum, wen- \ csted in a body of trustees, of whom six are
chosen from the Society. In consideration of the services
it had rendered in the promotion of rcience. and in the for-
mation and management of the Muwum and Gardens, the right
was reserved to the Society to liave exclusiv<v yxissession of
sufficient and convenient rooms in the Museum, for the safe
custody of its Lil)iaiy, and for its meetings, and for all other
puri>oses cnniiefted with it.

In inn the I'arliament of Tasmania, by "The IU)yal Society

Act, 1911," created the Society a bodv corporate bv the name

of ''Hie INiyal Society of Tasmania." with ]>erpetual succes-
sion.

The object of the Society is rleclnied l)y its Rules to be
"the advancement of knowledge."

His Majesty the King is Patron of the Society . and Hit
Excellencv the Governor of Tasmania is Pre<^ident.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA

PAPERS AND PROCEEDINGS, 1919

CONTENTS

Pasre

Studies of Tasmaiiian Cetacea. Part I. (Orat qln flint ar,
PseudovQii crassidens, (ylobicephahis melas). By H. H.
Scott and Clive E. Lord ... 1

Notes on the Geology of Wineglass Bay. By W. H. Clemes IS

On blie Occurrence in Ta.sniania of Hiidrux /)/ahn us. By

Clive E. Lord •• 22

Studies of Tasmanian Oetacea. Hart 1 1 ( Zi{>luu.< cavi-

vostriK). By H. H. Scotland Clive E. Lord 23

Notes on tlie Geology uf Maria Island. By \V. H. Clemes 33

The Early History of Maria Island. By Clive E. Lord ... 39

New Specit'.s of Tasnianiaii Mollu.sca, with criti<,'al remarks
on .'^Rveral de.scribed .-ipecie.-^ and additions to the list.
By W. L. May .5.5

A He-examination of Profe.ssor H.Hswell's types of Aus-
tralian lycnof/nitid't . By Professor Flynn ... ... 70

Note on the Occurrence in Tasmania of the Freshwater
Cvdh, Uymeniisoiiia lacustris. By Dr. Chilton 93

Studies of Tasnianian Cetacea. Part III. ( Tursiops

lurxio). By H. H. Scott and Clive E. Ltjrd 96

Notes and Additions to the Fungus Flora of Tasmania.

By L. Rodw^ay 110

Australian Rhyphido' and l.eptidcf ( Diptera). By G. H.

Hardy 117

Notes on 'I'asnianian Whaling. By Dr. W. L. Crowther ... 1.30

Annual Report—

Abstract of Proceedings 152

List of Members 1.57

Report 164

Obituary 165

Accounts ... 167

Index 168

PAPERS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF TASMANIA

1919

STUDIES OF TASMAXIAN CETACEA.

Tari' 1.
(Orra (jladiatar, I'xt lularcd cr(t<si(/eiis, U/obicepIia/iiK me/as)

By
II. H. Scott, Curator of the Victoria Museum, Launces-
ton,

and

Clivf. E. liORD, Curator of the Tasmanian Museum,
Hobart.

Plates I. -IX.

(Received 17th Maixh, 1919. Read llth April. 1919.)

PRELIMINARY.

As the present paper is Iho outcome, in the main, of
presentations made to scientific societies by one who was
intimately connected, with the Tasmanian whaling indus-
try, it has been thought fit to commence with a brief his-
torical review of this interesting period. Also, in view of
the fact that this ])aper is intended to sei^ve as an intro-
duction to further studies of the i'lfarcd which we hope to
mutuallv conduct in the future as opportunities present
themselves. The chief references in the accounts of the
early voyages relate to the pursuit of the "black whale
(an unfortunate vernacular name at best). As far as Tas-
mania is concerned the industry began to assume com-
mercial importance about the year 1818, and at that time
it was no uncommon sight to see whale hunts in the Der-
went. As the industiy increased the whales were driven
further afield, but they still continued to visit the coast at
stated intervals. The season usually lasted from May, or
June, until November, and as the men engaged in this
branch cf the industry formed small stations at the coastal
bays and there awaited the whales, this method of securing
the cetaceans became known as "bay whaling. '

There is one instance recorded of a female whale as-
cending the River Derwent as far as New Norfolk, 24 miles
above Hobart, and being killed there •!'.

a) Bischoff. Sketch History of V.D.L. (1832). p. 27.

2 .STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

Henderson, writing in 1832 (2), states that the "black
whale" and the "black fish" are found on the Southern
Coasts of N.S.W. "The latter are frequently obsei'ved
"collected in shoals, at a great distance from any land,
"lying motionless upon the surface, as if basking in the
"sun beams; while the former resort, during their breeding-
"seasons, to the deep estuaries of rivers, and particular
"bays around Van Diemen s Land, and Bass's Straits,
"etc." <3,;.

The initial system of whaling was continued until
1841, when the "black whales" almost ceased to visit the
coast. Attention was then paid to the sperm whales,
which usually kept further out to sea as they passed from
the westward — ^often followed by numbers of "blaclc
whales." Up till this period the system of ocean whaling
had been carried on by vessels from overseas, but the
Colony had now to provide its own whaling fleet if it was
to derive any profit from the industry. The first of the
Tasmanian fleet was the Maria Orr, built at Macquane
Point (River Deinvent) in 1839. This vessel's career was a
limited one as she was wrecked on the Actseons two years
later.

As the industry increased, Hobart became a great re-
fitting centre, and as many as thirty or forty whaling ves-
sels have been in port at the same time. The I'efitting
usually took considerable time owing to the lack of docking-
facilities and the old method of "heaving down" having to
be resorted to. This trouble was overcome in 1854 by tiie
erection of a patent slip at Battery Point (4).

In 1857 the late Dr. W. L. Crowther fitted out an
expedition to whale in high southern latitudes, and Ker-
guelen Island was selected as a suitable locality, Captaim
Robinson being placed in command. His barque — Ofey
— was in charge of the expedition, but owing to the failure
of the tenders (the brigantine Flying Squirrel and the
schooner Elizaheth Jane) to keep him supplied with pro-
visions, the venture was not very successful.

In 1860 there were about thirty vessels engaged in
the Tasmanian whaling industry, but in ten years this
number had diminished by half. In 1870 the rise in price
of spei-m oil to £120 per tun caused a revival, and many

(2) Henderson. Observations on the Colonies of N.S.W. and V.D.L.

M832), p. 136.

(3) '^\-ien Mr Lord and a party were engaged in a collecting trip in

D'Entrecasteaux Channel in November, 1916. a whale was noticed
in ■shallow water in Ford Bay. Upon closer mvestigatioa it was
found to be a female Bahrnoptern together with a calf.
H) Erected by Mr. John Ross at Secheron. Afterwards remoTed by
Mr Ro'is in 1868, and subsequently purchased by Kennedy
and Sons. Messrs. McGregor and Co. also laid down a slijp
at the Domain.

BY H. H. .SCOTT A>fD CLIVE E. LORD. 3

ships were fitted out. This revival lasted for about fifteen
years, and then the decline commenced until in the earlv
nineties the whaler Waterwitch was the sole vessel engaged.
It is of interest to recall the fact that William Lanny
("King Billy"), the last Tasnianian male aboriginal, follow-
ed the calling of a whaler. He made his final voyage in
the Rinunjniffle, and was paid off on February 26th, 1S69,
and died a few days later 1-*^^'.

INTRODUCTION.

Students of the Tasmanian Cetacea have for many
years been in search of some Tasmanian records relating
to the munificent osteological presentations made to several
English scientific institutions l)y the late Dr. "\V. L.
Crowther. Siiico the year 1902 Mr. Srott has been work-
ing on the Tasmanian Ceiarea '"j , and has been most anxi-
ous to obtain Tasmanian records relating to the late Dr.
Crowther s collections for the purpose of investigating the
question of the comparative anatomy of certain species.
Upon Mr. Lord's appointment as Curator of the Tasman-
ian Museum a thorough overhaul of the Museum store speci-
mens was made with the result that a series of hitherto
undcscribed specimens were brought to light. As certain
of these were undoubtedly ]iortion of the Crowther collec-
tion a thorough investigation was decided upon. Upon
this being made a considerable amoimt of interesting data
was obtained, which appeared well worthy of being placed
on record, and the following notes are therefore the result
of our observations.

Between the years 1866 and 1871 the late Dr. W. L.
Crcwther. of Hobart, who was intei'ested in the whaling
industry, collected a large number of skeletal remains of
various Tasmanian Cetdmi, and presented them to several
English Museums. Some of these specimens still claim
folios in the Catalogues of the British Museum and the
Royal College of Surgeons' Museum. Mr. Scott made an
effort in 1902 to trace some of Dr. Ci-owther's specimens in
the State, as he was then engaged in publishing a series of
articles on this subject. At that time his inquiries did not
meet with success, hut the matter was always kept in mind.
Owing to the recent revision of the Basement stores of the
Tasmanian Museum some old boxes which had evidently
l>een stored away from the time they were moved from the
old Museum of the Royal Society to the present building

(4a) Bonwick. The Last of the Tasmanians, p. 395.

(5) Scott. Lnunceston Courier. 1902. Scott. Notes on a fossil whale
from Wynyard, Pap. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1913, p. 167.

4 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

were discovered. These were found to contain interesting
osteological specimens, the majority of which related to
the Crowther presentations.

A rough examination disclosed that the collection con-
sisted of three more or less complete skeletons probably re-
lating to Glohicephahis, the skull and portion of a skeleton
of a killer whale. Also included there were two skeletons
(without skulls) of the Dugong {Halicore australis). In
addition to the foregoing a skull from the Museum store
collection labelled "E pidon chafhamensis" (6) was examined
for purposes of comparison, and also an articulated skele-
ton of a "Killer," made in 1868, together with a larger
skull.

When we recall the fact that the late Dr. W. L.
Crowther from the year 1866 onward continued to collect
and forward to the Museum of the Royal College of Sui'-
geons a wonderful series of Cetacean remains — that in totaj.
embraced 34 Catalogue folios and in Classification 8 genera
of whales — it would have been remarkable if he had not
presented some specimens to the local Museum. The late
Dr. Crowther's gifts to the greatest Museum of compara-
tive anatomy in the Vi'crJd, included no less than 15 full
skeletons of whales — splendidly prepared and ready for
articulation upon arrival in England. The Tasmanian
Scientific world seems to have largely lest sight of the en-
thusiasm thus manifested by one who lived and worked
amongst us, and we wish to appreciatively recall Dr.
Crowther's extensive and practical studies among the Tas-
manian Cetacea.

Before concluding these introductory remarks it is of
interest to note that Dr. Crowther forwa,rded from Tas-
mania to the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons a
representative of the genus Vlymcnia. As this species has
not been placed on the Tasmanian list the donation by
Dr. Crowther is worth;/ of attention, and eifoi'ts should be
made to trace this species in Tasmanian seas. There is a
chance, however, that the specimen forwarded to England
may have been obtained by one of Dr. Crowther's whalers
on the high seas many miles from Tasmania.

The particular species referred to is figured in the
Zoology of the Voyage of the Erebus and Terror, Mam-
malia, Vol. I., PI. 15, and is there designated Delpliinop-
ferus picronii . It is notable for the absence of the dorsal
fin, and the fact that the beak, pectoral fins, and under
part of the body are white.

(6) Lord Notes Mammals of Tasmania, P. and P. Roy. Soc. Tas.
1918. p. 29.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LOUD. 5

CONSPECTUS.
In the present instance our investigations extended to
the following specimens of the Tasmanian Museum col-
lections : —

1. One complete articulated skeleton Avhich was label-
led "Skeleton of Killer (Orm pnrifirn) from Adventure
Bay, Tasmania. Prepared and articulated by T. Roblin,
Curator of the Museum 1868."

2. One skull complete with lower jaw, which was
labelled ''Pseudorca meridinunh, Donor, W. L. Crcwther,
Esqr."

This specimen was in a splendid state of presei-vation.

3. One skull, similar character to No. 2, but not in
such a good state of presen-ation. The lower jaw and
teeth are missing.

4. A large portion of the skeleton belonging to the
previous skull.

5. Complete skeleton, including skull of Glohicepha-
liis tnehix. (Adult male.)

6. Ditto. (Immature male.)

7. Ditto. (Female — skull missing.)

8. Skull of (ihihiccphdlitx iiir/as.

9. Skull of Beaked whale labelled "Epitlmi r/,(tfliiii)ini-

In the present instance we have dealt with the first
eight of this series, and it is our intention to consider the
characteristics of the remainder in future papers, together
with such facts relating to other me.Tibers of the Tasmanian
Cttdcni as may be obtained from time to time.

PSEtlDORCA CRASSIDENS

(Plate No. I.)

riiiicaiiit rrassii/ens, Owen, British Fossil Mammals and
Birds, p. 516 (1846).

Pxeudorra rraotiflciia, Reinhai'dt, Recent Memoirs of
Cetacea, Ray Society (Nov. 7th, 1862).

Orra mtridinnnlix, Flower, Proc. Zoological Society of Lon-
don, p. 420 (1864).

Attention was first paid to specimen No. 1 , which
consisted of a complete articulated skeleton bearing the
label "Skeleton of Killer" (Orm /xirlfica) from Adventure
Bay, Tasmania. (Prepared and Articulated 1)v T. Roblin,
Curator of the Museum 18GS).

6 STUDIKS OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

Upon a comparison being made of the two skulls
(Specimens No. 2 and 3) with this articulated specimen,
and an examination of the leading generic characters of
both, it was resolved to make a rough comparison between
this skeleton and the dimensions given in the original de-
scription (".' of the Psenclorca crassidens of Reinhardt. 'i'he
results showed such a striking similarity between the two
specimens that a series of comjiarative measui'ements were
made, as shown in the following tables. These proved con-
clusively that the articulated skeleton was a good example
of Pxeudorco crass/dens. As we know it came from Adven-
ture Bay it is almost certain to be uortion of the Crowther
collection and to be one of the mixed school which came
ashore there. It is known that the school consisted of
representatives of the following species: — Globicejdialui^
iiieJas, Orca (jladiaior, and P><evdorca crassidenf^. At the
time when these s]oecimens were being prepared in Tas-
mania (the latter '60s) communication with the centres of
scientific research was a matter of months and not^ of weeks
as at the present day. We can well imagine that there
was some confusion as regards the exact nomenclature of
the species, not only on account of the difficulties of corre-
spondence, but also on account of several specimens of
different species being obtained from the same locality at
the same time. Further, we must remember, that at the
time when these specimens were collected the authorities
in England appeared to be accentuated by a keen desire
to create species. Many of these were based upon slender
evidence, and were due to sex and age characteristics and
not to specific distinctions. The Tasmanian form, for in-
stance, was at first raised to specific rank as 0. meridionnlis
but has since been merged into Pseudorm erm^idev^^. Fur-
thermore, the vernacular designations of the whaling fra-
ternity were undoubtedly the cause of further confusion,
as several genera and species of whales were loosely groiiped
under the term "Blackfish" (8). This all assisted to con-
fuse the issue which in some respects, especially in regard
to onr local specimens of these species, needed clearing up
even at the present time. With the examination of the
specimens under review and the tabulated results given m
this pa,per before them the students of Tasmanian Cetacea
will, we hope, find the exact classification of certain of our
locai species an easier task in the future, than it has been
in the past. The articuated specimen of P. cramden^ m
the Tasmanian Mviseum appears to be a very typical repre-
sentative of its species for use as a comparative model, as

(7) Trans. Recent memoirs of Cetacea. Eay Society 1864.

(8) Among others the pigmy sperm whale.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND t'LIVK K. Loi;I>. 7

well as being an cxtremelv valuable IMuscuni exhibit. (See
Plate No. I.)

PSEUDORCA CRASSIDEXS.

General osteological notes upon the Tasmanian skele-
ton, and a comparative table cf measurements of the larg-
est, lumbar vertebrje of that skeleton, with Reinhardts
male from Middlefart.

The skull in a wide sense is that of a small "OraJ' and
Ihe teeth conform to the O/w/ type, in having recurved
crowns, but of course are much smaller, as indicated bv the
following comparison with a true Orcn's teeth, measured
directly for this special purpose.

i'sr,ri)(tu( .\. nui \.

Indies I iiiclie

(Oi Total lengtU of the largest tooth in the j

upper jaw ... ... .. ... ... ... 1 ' 2

(iirtli of same ... ... ... ... ... ... '.Vi, S,'

('••) Len<j;tli of lart;est toolli in the lower jaw ... li '2\

Girtii of .-^ame . ... :ii 4

The parietal, and squamosal moieties of the fcssje tem-
poralis in the Pstiiilorrn are C|uite unlike those of Orra,
being compounded in the following way. The squamosal
contributes a narrow practically, even strip, about 2 inches
wide, set at an angle, and continued to near the vertex.
In the Orra the squamosal is wide, and irregular, and takes
a lai'ger share in the fonnation of the fossa (upon either
side). One Orra skull, however, in the Museum collection,
makes a nearer approach to I'smdorra in this respect. Tho
parietal wings of I'anuhtrra are bent backwards at a slight
angle, to the line of the skull, exactly as in Tur>i'>itpx,
while in the Orra, the whole boundary walls of these fossje
bend outwards, as continuous outgrowths of the occiput.

In the skeleton it may be noted that five of the cer-
vical vertebrae are strongly ankyloscd together, and two are
quite free.

A mctapophysis appeal's — faintly indicated — upon
the second dorsal, and well marked one upon the fourth.
The seventh doi-sal develops these processes at the upper
level of the neural arch, in other words at the base of the
neural spine. Unlike the 5;ma\lcr dolphins, these processes
are not eliminated from the v?rtebra; in the region of the
dorsal fin, but continue to gradually decrease aftor the

(9) This is ex-alveolar, enamel surface measurement.

O STUDIES OF TASMANIAN OETACEA,

sixth himbar has been reached, eventually ending, in fofo,
at the ninth vertebra from the candal extremity. The
maniis is wider than that of such dolphins as Globiceplia-
lus and Tursiops, and the longest finger only develops
seven phalanges, instead of eighteen, as in the case of
Glohirep/ia/us. The ossicles present are apparently the
following : —

Proximal row — Scaphoid. Lunare. Cuneiform.
Distal row — Trapezoid. Magnum. Unciform.

In each hand the cuneiform is closely attached by
immersed cartilage, to the ulna, and as the whale was im-
mature it might have ankylosed later in life had the ani-
mal continued to live.

Pseud area rrassidens.
Comporative skulls of well authenticated specimens.

Adult skull

iu the

Skull and skeleton in Tasniniiian
JIu>euiii, Iloliart, Tasiiuuiia.

Royal

College of

Skull of
Reinhavdt's

Prof. Owens

fossil skull.

■Surgeons'

Specimen ^

Jlnseuni,

J/ondoii.

SKUr.L.

SKULL.

SKULL.

SKULL.

1

a-hos

inches

inches

- 1

iiK-lies
mutilated

Beak to condyles

24

23i

circit

i

24

Maxillary no! eh to tij) of

Leak

12

Hi

11

1-^4

Brea(itli across tlie zy;;oniatic
processes of the squMUiosal

15

13

14 1 12 j

No daia
oivcn

Height at vertex of tlie skull

10

n

No data

No data

Breadth acio:?s ridges of fossa'

tetnjioralis

Sa

No data

8i

No data

lireadth of beak at notch

n

n

8 1-12

8i-

Brcadtli across tlie beak in

rejiion of thinl tooth from

end of s.^ies

"'h

No data

7i

8

Breadth of theinterniaxillaries

fNn data
I 51

and the intei'venino; space
Jjcngth of rij^lit ramus of the

5|

^

5i

mandible, tip to jiosterior

ed'^e of last t'loth ..

9i

9:f

9 512

10

Length of the dental series of

the upper jaw

10

No data

n

10

Height of right lainus at the

coronoid procei-s

5 s

■')

No data

No data

Total length of the right

ramus of the mandible

m

19

]8i

21

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LORD.

Pseudorca crassidens.
Comparative measurements of the Tasmanian and

North Sea specimens.

SI,eUfi)U.<. —

Reinl

ariit':^ male

Tasmanian Specimen from Ailventure

liay.

specimen from
Midillefart.

feet

inches

feet

inches

Total leni;th of tl.e skeleton ... '"

14

G

n

it

Lenj,'tli ot seven cervical vertelir;i>

U

■H

U

H

Length of luiiil)ar series ro the vertebra'

with the tiist li;rinajio|)hysis

3

^i

3

n

Total lei-.;,'th of candais I'O'

5

84,

5

H

lireailth of the Inrgest luinhar

1

01

1

0 5-6

Height of Mai)nla from middle of arti-

cular cavity to niidille of supra-

scajiuhir lini ...

0

8i

0

7.^

Greatest lirciulth of the scapula

0

lU

0

HI 5-6

Length of Huineru.s

0

4.1,

u

•H

Do. of Kadin.s ...

0

5

0

4 7-12

J)o. ofUlna

u

;")

(1

:n

Distal width of both arm bones

u

5|

0

r^h

Length of the nianits iti a recent and

nniliied condition

no

data

1

0

ORCA GLADIATOR.

(prca capensit.)

Plates II., III.. IV., V., VI., VII., VIII.

Fcr detailed synonymy see: —

Gray, B.M. Cat. Seals and Whales (1866), p. 278-290.

The prevailing opinion seems to favour the reduction
of the representatives of this genus to one species — Orra
gladiator. We have adopted this view and made Orra
capenxis a synonym of Orra (jladiator. Should, however,
rapensis be again raised to specific rank we are of opinion
that the Tasmanian forms should be included, as they
appear to have the characters at one time allotted to
rajitnsts in order to separate it from ijladiator. We formed
this opinion after comparing the Tasmanian skulls with the
figured ones of Orrti rapenxia reproduced by Gray in the
Zoology of the Vovage of the Erebus and Terror. (Plate
IX.) ^ ^

Unfortunately portions of the skeleton examined by
us had disappeared. This is greatly to be regretted, es-

(10) In this articulated skeleton (Plate I.), the intervertebral pads are
thiek. in fact exceptionally so, and if this excess is allowed for,
the two skeletons are of almost similar length.

10 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

pecially as the mandible was one of the missing portions.
As a recompense, however, there was a second complete
skull, in a splendid state of preservation, which permitted
a series of comparative measurements being taken. This
skull formed part of the Crowther collection, and bore elo-
quent testimony regarding the confusion of species previ-
ousl}- alluded to. It was labelled "'Fseudurca merhlionalis
— Donor, M^ L. Crowther, Esqr," but there can be no doubt
that its correct classification is that of Orca. Whether
gladiator, or capensis, is a matter of individual opinion,
but we would again draw attention to the fact that whales
vaiy greatly as regards sex and age characteristics, and far
too many species in the past have been created on insuffi-
cient evidence. We desire particularly to refrain from
adding further to the confused nomenclature, and prefer
to treat the present example as a member of the cosmopoli-
tan species 0. ffladiator.

Orca gladiator.
A detached skull, and a skull with many of the asso-
ciated bones of the skeleton, exist in the Museum collec-
tion, and unless otherwise stated the notes given herewith
relate to the latter.

Skull.

The skull is extremely heavy in build, following the
general contour of the true dolphins with wide, even mas-
sive, squamosal regions, notched beak, and maxillary bosses
two inches — or more — in thickness. The vertex gives
characters that by reason of its squared ridges distinguish
it immediately from Glohicephalus, and in part from the
Fsendorca.

This skull — which unfortunately is devoid of a man-
dible— is three feet three and a half inches long, two feet
two inches wide, and one foot five and a half inches high,
from the par-occipital processes to the vertex. Its great-
est maxillary width is in the region of the pre-orbital pro-
cess of the frontal, where it yields a measurement of
twenty-two inches, it then contracts to twenty inches at
the notch (if we still follow the outline of the skull).
Across the actual notch itself, we get a measurement of
twelve inches nearly — and rather more at the middle of
the beak.

Viewed from below, it is of interest to note, that the
intermaxillaries appear in the palate as a well marked pair
of wedge shaped strips, some fourteen inches long — or
half of the total palatal length. The vomer appears for
four inches only, its apex being eleven inches from the tip
of the beak. In Globiceplialiis the intermaxillaries only

BY H. H. SCOTT AXD CLIVE K. LORD. 11

obtiTide upon the palate for three inches, out of a total
length of fourteen, and the vomer is continued outwards to
within two and a quarter inches of the tip of the beak. As
far as it is possible to determine from the articulated skele-
ton of Pseudorra, this latter whale followed the Orca, and
not (Jlobicepha/ift in this respect, in any case it certainly
followed Orra in having fairly extensive palatine moieties
instead of the palatal bones being reduced to the merest
strips as in (Thihiceplinlux. This character alone is suffi-
cient to quickly separate skulls of Paeudorca from those
•of Glohiocephahis.

The second skull in the Museum collection (Plate II.)
is an extremely well prepared rpecimcn, evidently cleaned
under Doctor Crowther's strictest instinictions — the teeth
aro all in situ, the membrane of the hard palate having
been left for the purpose of their protection — nothing
could exceed this method of making a museum specimen,
as far as it relates to the teeth, but a central ai-ea left open
to reveal the vomer, and intermaxillarics, would be a de-
sideratum. In point of size, this second skull closely re-
sembles the one just passed in review, bxit as it is in mucli
better condition the table of measurements appended was
compiled from it, and not the skull with the associated
appendicular bones.

Skull of an Orca, presented bv Dr. W. L. Cro\7ther,
F.R.C.S'

Plate II.

ft. in.

Total length 3 Vi

Width at maxillary notch 1 1;^

Width at pre-orbital process of the frontal ...... 2 2{

Width of maxillary at this point 1 10

Height fi'om par-occipitals to vertex 1 5^

Greatest width of palate inside teeth 0 lO.V

(Midway between the last two)

Width at seVenth pair of teeth 0 9^

Total length of tooth line 1 ^

Width of^ pterygoids 0 6;^

Tips of pterygoids to the occipital condyles 1 H

Width of fossa temporalis 0 ^

H"eight of fossa temporalis ••• 0 6^

(Both of the above taken from the palatal aspect.)

Total length of malar bone 0 11^

Diameter of blowers taken from the palatal aspect

— antero-posterior measurement 0 ^\

Transverse measurement 0 '^%

12 STDDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

Uccipital condyles along- the curves — vertical

measurement 0 8

Ditto transverse measurement 0 4^^

Total width of the ai-ticular and space taken along

the curve 0 lOi

Slehfon.
Tlie cervical vertebrae, and the first dorsal, make such
a compact series that for both illustrative and descriptive
purposes they are here considered together (Plate III.)-
The fii'st three cervicals are completely ankylosed, and the
rest are quite free, this is in contrast to the Pseud orca, and
GJ oh ice phalli fi, in which whales all the series are welded
together into a solid mass. The neural spine of the axis
slopes backwards at an angle of 45 degrees, and being some
five inches in length, approaches the spine of the dorsal to
within an inch and a quarter. The whole block measure
nine and a quarter inches in antero-posterior extension,
and the first pair of diapophyses yield a measurement of
fifteen and a half inches across, the neural canal, taken
through the atlas, is three and a half inches wide, and two
and three-quarters high, »ud the first dorsal vertebra gives
practically similar results.

For the general contour of this block of vertebrae see
the illustration, it being only necessary to add that the
block is ten inches high, to the top of the neural spines.

Dorsal Series. (Plate IV.)

Four vertebrae of the dorsal series are illustrated to
show general outline, and the progressive rise of the meta-
pophyses upon the neural spines. The length of this block
is twelve and three-fourth inches for the three, and the
height of the neural spine of the tallest vertebra is thirteen
and three-quarter inches, from the keel of the centrum.
The reversed vertebra is that which of the series is nearest
to the skull, and therefore the transverse processes (Dia-
pophyses) are extremely short. As a guide to size, it may
be said that the neural canal of this vertebra is four inches
across, and the centrum measu]-es four and three-quarters
in either direction.

Ltniihars. (Plate V.)

Four early himbars are shown, and a sequent fifth, re-
versed as in the other illustrations. These vertebrse do not
carry haemapophyses (Chevrons), and are, of course, rib-
less. The metapophyses are still strongly developed, al-
though from their position they perhaps might be called
zygapophyses.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LOl:D, 13

In the evolution of whales, the true zygapophyses ox
the dorsal series have been overlapjDcd by the mctapophy-
ses, that have in consequence suffered a complete atrophy.

Clievron-hearin;/ Vertehra'- (Plate VI.)

These vertebrae beautifully illustrate the reduction of
the metapophyses upon the neural spines as we advance
tailward. Haemad, they carry bony arches to protect the
extensive blood vessels that go to nourish the powerful
tail — such bones whicn relate to the vertebral haemal ai'ch
may be designated either 'haemal arches, " or chevron
bones.

Stem inn of Orra. (Plate VII.)

An excellent illustration of the sternum of this Orca
is depicted. As will be noted the anterior moiety (manu-
brium) is penetrated by a fossa, an inch and seven-eighths
long, and one inch wide. The articular facets of four ribs
arc manifest, the next few pairs being articulated by car-
tilage to the distal (or ziphoid) end of the sternum. This
aiTangement is to be seen in the articulated skeleton of
the pseudorca shown in connection with the description of
that animal.

Fihx. (Plate VIII.)

To practically illustrate the awful fights that "Killers"
indulge in, and their incidental results, some of the ribs of
this Orca have been photographed. These ribs are paired,
and therefore the mutilated rib can be directly compared
with its normal congener. Apparently this particular
specimen was unusually unlucky, for having early in life
broken several ribs upon one side, and tided over the mis-
adventure, he lived to fare a second similar, but more ex-
tensive, fracture upon the other side. This second accident
was responsible for the awful distortions shown in the
picture.

GLOBICEPHALUS MELAS.

(For detailed Synonymy see Gray, B.M. Cat. Whales,
p 313, ef seq.).

The specimens representing C/nhirfjiIid/iiK (Nos. 5, 6,
7 and 8) consisted of three skeletons, of which two were
complete, and a non-associated skull (Plate IX.). These
are undoubtedly specim3ns presented by the late Dr W.
L. Crowther, and were evidently carefully prepared in
order to show certain essential data. The three specimens
may be classed as follows: —

A. (No. 5) shows the characters of an adult male.

B. (No. 6") shows the characters of an adult female.

C. (No. 7) sho\vs the characters of an immature Glohi-
n plioliix.

14 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

As the sex characters of all whales need working out,
these specimens will supply data of extreme interest, and
it is felt that the comparative tables given in the following
pages will prove useful to students of the Cefacea in the
future.

It is of interest to note that the immature characters
are v/ell marked off from the mature. Of this characteris-
tic little or nothing has previously been published as far
as we are aware.

In the past whales belonging to the genus Glohi-
fy/)JiaIu!i have been confused with specimens of Pseudorca.
When they are compared casually this is not to^ be wonder-
ed at. Their similar size, colour, and general external ap-
jDearance all lend their aid to the confusion which has
undoubtedly existed. Even Ziphoid v>diales have at times
been incorporated.

While the examination of the 2>resent series will, it
is confidently hoped, prove of value, it is to be regretted
that there are certain missing links. For the last fifty
years apparently these valuable specimens have been stow-
e:l away. From time to time there have been alterations
ia the stores, and there is evidence which goes to show
that a number of the missing parts relating to these skele-
tons were evidently stored separately, and were disposed of
some years ago as useless odd examples. This is greatly to
be regretted, but sufficient remains, especially in the case
of this species, to allow an exaniination of its chief charac-
teristics, both as regards sex and age.

Globicephalus melas. (Plate IX.)
As (j'lohirejjhalus skulls have been confounded with
those of the Pxeudorrn, it is important that their compara-
tive osteologv sho'uld be made cleai\ The palatine charac-
ter given under the heading of Orca, in this paper, will
always serve to separate the skulls unless extreme mutila-
tion (as in the case of a fossil specimen) makes it impos-
sible to apply this test. — under such extreme circvimstances
the following data may be consulted.

r'o IV jiara five Gli a r act cm .

(1) In GI()hice})h<i]u>^ the maxillary wings practically
cover the frontal upon all its faces, except at the vertex,
where a narrow strip is left exposed.

(2) In Pseudorca the frontal is well exposed all round,
namely, for anything from half to three-quarters, of an
inch, the greater amount being at the vertex, and tn©
lesser along the orbit and fossa temporalis.

(3) In GIohiccpJwIuR the pre-frontal moieties are

BY ir. II. SCOTT AND CLIVE K. L<VKI),

15

large, well rounded bosses, even in immature skulls, but
in Pseudorca they are small, and are closely associatect Avith
I he f rentals — and we strongly suspect in old skulls would
ankylose to extinction with the frontals.

In ]X)int of comparative sizes, it may be said — An
immature aJuhireiihnlnx. whale, in whose skeletoa the
epiphvse? are quite free, will have a skull as large as that
of an adult P'<eu(l()rca, in which all the vertebral epiphyses
are ankyjosed to extinction.

As has been pointed out, in the inti-oductioii to the
oeteology of the Orras' skull, in the Museum collection,
many valuable cetacean remains have been rejected in
past years, and as the skulls belonging to Dr. Crowthers
specimens were too large to store in the cases that car-
ried the skeletons, they were either put on view in the
Museum, as detached exhibits, or else stored at the back
of the Museum (somewhat exposed to the weather!).
In this way, the skull of the matured female of Crowthers
donation became lost, and the matured male's skull was
disassociated from its skeleton, and the same happened
with the immature skull. Both of the latter have now
been restored to their respective skeletons, and a third (old
male) non-associated skull has been brought to light. As
a result thereforf^ of this confusion the adult female of
Crowthers donation is minus its skull, while a spare male
skull is available. The following table will show the com-
parison between the two adult male skulls, and that of
the immature (jlofiicfphdJux.

Comparative skulls of Chihireiilmlii'^
Tn tile cfillcction of the Tasnianian Museum, llobart.

A. hilt $ .skull

Dr. Ciiiwl lici's

Dr. Crowther's fspecinien $

non-assoriate

of ..„., ...I...,.

specimen

associate of the skeleton.

(VMjr ,iin^i

imiuatiire

rem.Tins avail-
able.

»kull.

inche.-«

inches

inches

Greatest length

'li^

2(J

23i

Heiglit

vxi

U

11

(Jreatest widtli

19|

19|

m

VViiltli at notcli

lOi

11

H

Across anterior iiares

7 A

7?

5?

Widtli of fossa tenipoialis ...

o

5

u

llei^Iitof fossa teniiiorali.s ...

5^

5J

n

Wiiltli of palatines as tliey contribute

moieties to the true palate,

to

compare with an orca. <:ivin*j

2y.

indies from tlie tips: of tiie ptery-

^'oill•^

1*

M

h

' Bather iiiulilateil.

16

STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

In the above notes it has been our object to supply
actual data, and not to repeat the published characters.

(11).

General Notes upon the Skeletons.

ADULT MALE.

All cervicals anky-
losed, but not to
sutuial extinction,
last two open. No
super o>58itication.
(Animal almost
adult— compare size
of skull with that
of the other male.)

Twelve dorsal verte-
bi;e measure, in
an tero- posterior ex-
tension—Sit. 2in.

Epiphyses not anky-
losed to centra of
vertebra'.

Total len<^th of verte-
bral series, minus
skull — 14ft. 6in.

ADULT FEMALE.

All cervicals anky-
losed, not to extinc-
tion, last two open,
much super ossihca-
cation. JSpiue of
the axis blending
strongly with those
of the rest of the
series.

I'welve dorsals
measure — 2ft. Tin.

Epiphyses of ail verte-
l)ric ankylosed to
centra, and sutures
extinct.

Length of vertebral
series— 10ft. lOin

IMMATURE, o

Cervicals ankylosed —
ligiitly, l)nt firmly,
excepttlie 7th,whicii
is loose. Five sutures
wide open. Right
neuiapopliysis has
not blended witli its
fellow nioiety.

Tsvelve dorsals

measure — 2ft. 5Mn.

All epiphyses quite
free from the centra.

Length
series

of vertebral
- lOit. lOiin.

ADUF/r MALE.

ADULT FEMALE.

IMMATURE.

$

Ribs, 11 to 12 pairs.

Ribs, 11 to 12 pair

s.

Ribs, 11 to 12 pairs.

i

nclies

inches

inches

Twentieth verte-

Twentieth verte-

Twentieth verte-

bra from skull.

bra from skull.

bra tron) skuli,

width across

width across

width across

diapophyses ...

15

diapophyses ...

11

diapophyses ...

IS

liengthof body..

4

Lengtii of body ...

3*

Lengtii of body...

H

Height to lip of

Heigiit to tij) of

Height to tip of

spine

IIJ.

spine

H

spine

yi

Across centrum

Si

Across centrum ...

3

Across centrum

m

Vertical .. ...

H

Vertical

2S

Vertical

3-

Scai)uia.

Sca])ula.

Scapula.

Glenoid to supra-

Glenoid to .scapu-

Glenoid to scapu-

.scaimlar rim ...

10^

lar rim

9i

lar rim

8^

Transverse

15i

Transverse

\U

Transverse

124

From the above comparati\e measurements it will be
manifest that the adult male exceeds the adult female, in
size, by anything up to four feet, or over, and that an im-

(11) Such as already siven by Beddard in .t Book of Whales and The
Camhridoc Natural Hisiory {.Matnmals), etc.

c^-

<^'

^r^*^^

^

t

BY H. H. SCUTT AND CLIVK E. LORD. 1(

mature male, with all the epiph\ses of the vel•tebr^e open,
is close to the stature of the female. The following charac-
ters were noted, as marking the female off from the mature
and immatui'e males.

1. Diapophyses of the dorsal ribs longer than in the
other two animals.

2. First, cei-vical, neural spine covers more vertebi"3e.

3. No bicipital groove between head and trochanter
of the humerus. Articular surfaces set at a more oblique
angle (I2i-

4. Supra scapular rim was centrally elevated, and not
depressed, and the pre, and post, scapxilar fossje made n
nearer approach to the roughened fossje of Tnrsia/is than
either of the other specimens here detailed.

We hope in our next paper to give exhaustive data re-
lating to &ex variations in the genus y'lirsiaps, and the
notes here supplied will receive added value from tne
light thus thrown upon a vexed question.

In conclusion, we desii'e to express our thanks to Mr.
John Arnold, Chief Assistant cf the Tasmanian Museum,
for the willing and courteous assistance rendered to us
during the examination of the specimens.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATP:S.

Platf. I.
Artif iilatod i^koleton of I'xt mlorrd rras.-ii(lenx from
j^idventui-e Bay, Tasmania.

Pl.\tk II.
Skull of Orca iilnd nifor.

Plate III.
Cervical vertebra? and first dorsal of Orra (ihulinldr.

Plate IV.
Four vertebrae of the Dorsal Series {(). (jhtd .(itur).

Plate V.
Five vertebra? of the Lumbar series {(). fihidinlnr).

Plate VI.
Four chevron bearing vertebrae (0. fflailiator).

Plate VII.
Sternum of Orrn (ihidlatitr.

Plate VIII.
Series of Ribs of Orrn (jhidicitor (showing broken ribs).

Plate IX.
Skull of Glohicei'linlus iiieJax.

(1'2) These arm bones are only provisionally associated with this
skeleton, and may not belonc to it. Various dolphin remains —
evidently odd scraps of later date than Dr. Crowther's specimens —
had been added to the box from time to time; these included some
TuTsiops bones of no value.

]8

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF WINEGLASS BAY.

By W. M. Clemes, B.A.. B.Sc.

[Received 20th March, 1 !»]!». Read 14th April, 1919.]

During a recent visit to Wineglass Bay I was enabled
to make a cursory examination of the neighbourhood, and,
as the locality has not been described in any detail, a few
notes may be useful as a guide to future workers.

Wineglass or Thouin Bay is situated on the eastern
side of the isthmus joining Freycinet Peninsula to Schou-
ten Main, whicli, together with Schouten Island, form the
eastern boundary of Oyster or Fleurieu Bay. The whole
consists of a magnificent series of granite peaks, extending
for 12 miles in a north and south direction, the highest^
Mount Freycinet, rising to the height of 2,014ft. above
the sea. This granite occurs in a meridional line, extend-
ing from Flinders Island to the Hippolyte Rocks, off Tas-
man Peninsula, and is contemporaneous with the granite
massils of the West Coast. It is to be found penetrating
all rocks earlier than the Permo-Carboniferous, but has
not been seen intrusive in strata of a later age. It is usual-
ly distinguished from the earlier granites and syenites by
its uncrushed character, though in places it has been sub-
jected to a certain amount of dynamic stress.

The granite at Wineglass Bay varies considerably.
The normal rock is a coarse-grained granite, pink with
flesh-coloured orthoclase. The chief constituents are ortho-
clase, quartz and biotite. The latter appears in green
chloritised crystals, and is quite subordinate in quantity.
In large boulders at the northern end of the beach ap-
pears a medium-grained biotite-granite, the composition
of which is quartz, biotite and felspar. Much of the lat-
ter will probably be found to be plagioclastic. This is the
more typical East Coast granite. Running through this
are veins of granite porphyry, in which the ground mass
lookg quartzose, with scattered crystals of quartz, biotite
and muscovite throughout. In other veins there is a concen-
tration of the biotite. A wide vein of this biotite-granite
was reported as running up the hill from the water's edge
on the northeni side of the bay, but I did not come across
it. A broad vein about 20ft. wide is found on the south
side of the bay. This is also a granite porphyry of mag-
nificent appearance. It consists of pink orthoclase and
quartz in a quartzose ground mass. The ferro-magnesian

BY W. H. CLEMKS, 15. A.. li.SC. 1!>

constituents are very few. Eunning through the boulders
oh the sides of Mt. Hazard are to be found narrow veins
of niicrogranite, a very fine-grained variety composed of
felspar, biotite and quartz. On the northern side of the
bay also occurred a highly porphyritic granite with large
crystals of felspar (orthoclase ?), also quartz, biotite and
muscovite.

Numerous quartz veins trav»'rsi-<i the rock in a more or
less north and south direction, and varied considerably in
size. They varied also in colour from rose to white, and
there were numerous nests of rock crystals. There was
no evidence of the greisenised zone, carrying fin, found at
the northern end of Schoutcn Main.

At intervals along the south side of the bay are
parallel dykes of dark rock, running approximately north
and south. This rock has previously been referred to by
Dr. INlilligau, who tliought that it waii greenstone, and
certainly it somewhat resembles diabase or dolerite to the
naked eve. But microscopically it is resolvable into a
combination of plagioclase, fels])ar, and hornblende, and
is theiefore a diorite. Some biotite is also present. The
felspars in lath-shaped sections exhibit both albite and
Carlsbad twinning, and ti'om the extinction angles belong-
to the oJigoclase-andesinc series. The biotite where not
chloritised is brown in colour. The honiblendc is irregu-
lar in form and green. It is mostly chloritised to some ex-
tent, during which process iron oxide has separated out
abundantlv. Diorite is a rock which is met with in more
than one form of occurrence. It may exist in dyke form,
or as a separate rock mass, or finally as a facie? of granite.
Tho structure of the present rock is consonant with its
occurrence either as a faciei or a dyke. Evidently it has
genetic connection with the granite rock of Frevcinet
Peninsula. In one vein close to the waters edge large
crystals of felspar were to be seen embedded in the diorite,
whicn thei-e appeared more grey in colour. I was not able
to examine it closer owing to its position and the lack of
time, but it appeared as if some ab.sorption of the con-
stituents of the granite had taken place, leading one al-
most to suppose that the dyke theoiy was more probable,
but there is not sufficient data to dogmatise about the mat-
ter. They certainly appear to be xenocrysts rather than
phenociysts.

Most of the hills appear as great boss-like masses with
rounded surfaces, curiously streaked by the descending
waters charged with mineral matter. These hills descend
right into the sea. with little or no foreshore. Along the

20 NOTES ON THK (iEOLOGY OK WINEGLASS BAY.

east coast great cliflfs have been formed, seamed with
cracks and joints, and showing traces in parts of columnar
structure on the outer and upper faces. The structures
seen in many of the cliffs indicate that there has been in-
tense dynamic stress taking place in part during consoli-
dation, but mostly subsequently. The sinking of the land
to the East, approximately along this line of grauite, may
have tended to weaken the structure. The deformation
of the granite on Maria Island appears to have been of a
more intensive nature, though not nearly so severe as in
the earlier granites.

Very few traces of the older or subsiequent strata are
to be found. The rate of denudation and sea erosion is
.and has been very great. Silurian slates appear at Blue
citone Bay. Cretaceous diabase is found at Buckley s, on
the south side of Hazard Bay, and on Schouten Island,
tne two latter deposits being fringed with Mesozoic sand-
.stones. In speaking of Oyster Bay. Mr. Twelvetrees re-
ports : — "The form of Oyster Bay illustrates the eroding
force of the waves on a large .scale. We must believe that
the surviving fringe of diabase on the E. side of the bay
at Hepburn's Point, on the S.W. of the Peninsula, and on
Schouten Island, was once continuous witn the sea-front
of tne same rock on tne Swansea side of the bay. The
fragmentary deposits of Mesozoic sandstone (freestone) as-
sociated with the diabase indicate that it, too, extended
across the bay to Kelvedon. It follows, accordingly, that
the present Oyster Bay has been scooped out of the coal
measures, sandstones and diabase, the eroding process
being, pei'haps, assisted in its initial stages by the weak-
ness of the strata along the contact line of the diabase
mth granite on the eastern shore of the bav. The ex-
cavating process has extended to a depth of 12 fathoms, on
the average. The present depth of the bay does not repre-
sent the sum total of erosion since the coal period, for it
has probably been reduced by deposition in Tertiary tim6s
of sediments, which have since been denuded as the land
has risen again. The Tertiary deposits in tne lower part
of the valleys of the Swan and the Apsley illustrate the
depression and subsequent elevation of the land during
that period, observed frequently elsewhere in Tasmania."

The sand forming the beach at Wineglass Bay is very
white, being composed almost entirely of quartz and small
rounded particles of felspar. In Hazard Bay, however, it
is more yellow in coloiir, and contains much felspar and
many shell fragments. The isthmus itself is composed of
a broad flat, fringed with high sandhills, and somewhat

BY W. H. CLEMES, B.A., B.SC. 21

hollowed in the centre, forming a large shallow lagoon.
The genei'al appearance would lead one to suppose that-
it is the result of siil>->idfucf' rather than the result of the
accumulation of drifting sand, though the rapid disintegra-
tion would account for abundance of material. An inter-
esting field of study would be the formUtion of the tied-
islands and isthmuses of S.E. Tasmania. The amount of
evidence here is very little, and no definite conclusions
could be formed without further examination. There is
no doubt that the peninsula was separated from Schouten
Main just as at present Schouten Island is separated from
the peninsula, and also that the different character of the
rocks on the north and south side of the bay would lead
to the conclusion that they represent Iwo quite distinct
intratelluric intrusions, which were, however, approxi-
mately contemporaneous, but further investigation must
be left to a subsequent visit. In conclusion, I must ex-
press my indebtedness to ]\Ir. Twelvetrees. who gave mo
valuable assistance in checking the constituents of the
rocks found, and especially in determining the composition
of the diorite.

22

OX THE OCCURRENCE IN TASMANIA OF

HYDRUS PLATURUS, Linn, d)

By Clive E. Lord,

Curator of the Tasmanian Museum.

(Received 5th May, 1919. Read 10th June, 1919.)

Tasmania is usually credited with three terrestrial
and one aquatic snake. The latter species — P. lafiraudatus-
— has only been noted on rare occasions. It is interest-
ing, therefore, to record that a second aquatic species has
bepn found on the Tasmanian Coast. A i^pecimen re-
■cently forwarded to the Museum from Scamander, on the
East Coast, proves to be a typical example of the Spotted-
tailed Sea Snake (IJydrui^ jihiiiirus:). This is the first
record of this species for Tasmania, and it may be of in-
terest to qu.ote certain particulars regarding its discover}'.

Mr. J. Stanley Hodgson, who kindly forwarded the
specimen to the Museum, has (5/o/1919) given me the fol-
lowing information: — ''My daughter and self found the
'■ snake at Shelly Point, about two miles north of Sca-
" mander. He was basking in the sun, laid on a heap of
'' seaweed. At first I took him for an eel, and killed him
" with the intention of eating him, but on picking him up
" I soon found that there was nothing of the eel about
" him, and, as nobody seemed to know exactly what he
" was, I sent him to you.'

The range of this snake is usually given as the Tropi-
cal and Sub-Tropical Pacific, and I know of no previo'US re-
cord of its occurrence in Tasmanian seas. The present
record should, therefore, be of interest.

(1) Kef.— Boulanger; Cat. Snakes, Brit. Mus. (1896). Vol. III.,
p. 26.

STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA.

Part IT.

(Z I ph iitx r(irir(j<fnx.)

By

PI. H. Scott (Curator of tlie Victoria Museum, Launces-
ton) and

Ci.rvE E. Lord (Curator of the Tasniauiau Museum,

Hobart).

Plate X.

(Received IStli June, 1919. Read 1 Ith July. 1919.)

INTRODUCTION.

We had contemjjlated dealing with the genus Tun^iopa
in the first portion of the present paper, but, owing to
several unforeseen circumstances, we propose to place on
rocoi'd certain data compiled in relation to the species
Zi/j/iins rarirasfrii before proceeding to deal with
T ursiiips fnrsin as a Tasmanian species.

ZIPHIUS CAVIROSTRIS. Cuvier.

For detailed synonymy see: —

Grav, Brit. Mus. Cat. Seals and Whales, Ejiidmi,
'p. 340 ct seq. (1865).

And for later nomenclature, etc. : —

True. Bulletin 73, U.S. Nat. Museum, p. 30
(1910).

As with the majority of the Cetacean order, the
nomenclature is involved, and the species described ai'c
numerous. Fortunately, in this instance it was recognis-
ed rather sooner than in others that there was prooably
only one species, and that tliis was practically cosmopoli-
tan in distribution.

Mr. F. \V. True has given an excellent account of this
species, 'i> and we have pleasure in the present instance
in adding to the existing knowledge by describing a skull
in the collection of the Tasmanian Museum.

(1- 'I'lue. Bulletin 73. US Xiit Mu.-euni. 1010

24 STUDIES OF TASMAMAX CETACEA,

This skull was obtained from the Tasmanian Coast.
This fact ia of interest, for, although the species under
review has on several occasions been recorded fi-om New
Zealand, '-' we are aware of no previous record from
Australian seas. It is an unfortunate fact that the Tas-
manian skull has been stored away for many years with-
out any reference being made to it. In the latest work
dealing with zoogeography '3) the following reference to
thia species occurs. In dealing with the mammals of the
North Atlantic : — ■

" Cuviers beaked whale [ZipJiiiix ravirosfrif:),
" although but seldom met with, appears to be
" of world-wide distribution. It is distinguished
" by the two conical teeth at the tip of the lower
" jaw. as well as by the circumstance that only
" the first three vertebrae of the neck are fused
" together." '*'
And in dealing with the Indo-Paiific and its shores : —
" Cuviers beaked whale {Zi pliiu.^ ruvieri) is also
" probably an inhabitant of the Indo-Pacific." '^^^
There can be no doubt that the same species is in-
tended, but it is unfortunate that the nomenclature should
not agree, even in the same work, for this cetacean. The
synonymy is sufficiently involved without such additions
as these. Another ]Doint to be noticed is that the anky-
losis of the first three cervical vertebrae mentioned by
Lydekker is not a constant feature for this species. It
probably varies with age.

Dr. S. F. Harmer has recently given an account ''^^5' of
Z/pIiiuft rar'Tosfr/x from the Irish Coast, and also -stated his
intention of publishing a further account, but we are not
aware if this has yet appeared. In dealing with the dis-
tribution of Zip]iiu>< he states that the best available evi-
dence "leads to the concliTsion that Zipli'mx rai'irnsfrii^ is
" a cosmopolitan species which inhabits the opei; oceans
'■ of the world, and is occasionally stranded."

True has recorded (6) where more than three of the
cervical vertebrae have been ankj^losed. Except in sucli
instances as Hyperorxhin, where all the cervical vertebrae
are ankylosed, the fusing of more or less of the cervicals
does not appear to be a generic constant.

Considerable research has yet to be done in order to

(2) For instance, see Trans. N.Z. Institute, Vol. 9.

(3) Lydekker. Wild Life of the World.

(4) Lydekker, Wild Life of the World, Vol II., p. 246.
(5a) Id. Vol. III., p. 327.

(5b) Proc. Zoo. Soc. of London, 1915, p. 559.

(6) Tnie, Bulletin 73, US, Xnt. Mns.. p. 3.i (1910).

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LORD. gf)

exactly establish the exact generic and specific characters
of the ziphoid whales in general. It mav be taken for
granted, however, that representatives of such genera as
ZiphiiiM, N t//trri)(ifl<tii , M exophidan, and litrnrtl iux visit
Tasmanian seas, but probably only at rare intervals.
Owing to the nigged nature of our coasts and the failure
to report stranded whales to the proper authorities, it is
only on very rare occasions that specimens are obtained
for scientific investigation.

HISTORY OF THE TASMAXIAN MUSEUM SPECI-
MEN OF zwnirs caviuostius. (Tas. mus.

REG. NO. D 589.)

When the revision of tlie basement stores of the
Museum took place (previously alluded to in Part I. of
this series) this skull wa.s brought to liglit. At a later
stage the mandible also was found. Fortunately, the re-
cords relating to the specimens coiild be traced, and the
following facts show the locality and datt whence the skuil
was obtained.

The Museum records show that this skull (classified as
?Jj)lo(/on rlKitJifinirnsIs) was presented bv J. Boyd, Esq., in
1868. It was obtained at Port Arthur (on the South-
East Coast of Tasmania). Apparently the specimen has
been stored away for fifty years, and the knowledge of
this species' occurrence in Australian seas withheld from
the scientific world for a corresponding period.

OSTEOLOGY.

Before attempting to discu-s the osteology of this speci-
men, it is nece-sai-y to noint out a homclogical error that
the late Sir Julias Von Haast fell into, in his paper on
Epinihtii y(iv(v-Zt(tl(tii(lia' '"', which is a svnonvm of
Zi/)/iliis nirirnsfris, as already ]>ointed out. This pub-
lished statement of Von Haast s has been copied by other
authors, without question, and, therefore, it is nece'sary
to correct it, the more so as he cited Prof. Owen as his
authoritv, while Owen's writings do not substantiate, and,

(7ii) Trins N Z Institute, Vol. ',). ).. i'O.

{"b) In connection with the New Ze;il:infl specimen of Ziphiiin
rariroslris in the C;inteihuiy Museum, we desire to express our thanki
to Mr. K. Spei'4:ht, the Curator of th.it Insiimtion- In order to assist
us with the conip irative osteology, Mr Spei;,'ht had severil excellent
photographs taken for our benefit These weie of material assistance
to us, and we, therefore, have pleasure in placing' on record our appre-
ciation o: Mr. Speight's action in this matter.

26 STUDIES Ol'- TASMAMAN CKTACEA,

in fact, contradict it I Von Haast says: — "The i^re-fron-
'■ tals (of Owen) begin 6.50 inches from the anterior point of
" the rostrum." Thi.s is the vomer, and was never called
anything else by Prof. Owen. Owen's use of the words
■pre-fronfnJs, as applied to whales, can only be understood
by recalling the fact that he restricted the word etlnimid
to the nasal sense capsules, and the term pre-frontals to the
whole of the ethmoidal elements tliat remained. Now
let us look for Owen's j)re-fr<)nfah in the toothed whale.
In his description of Oira brerirosfris (cited by Gray) '^'^^
Owen says : — " The roitier extends to within I'h inch of the
'" end of the pre-maxillaries. and behind these intervenes
" upon the bonv palate between the maxillaries, along a
'■ strip of 2 inches and three lines across the broadest part.
'■ This palatal part of the vcaiior is the lower convexity of
"the canal formed by the spout-shaped bone; the hollow
" of the canal is exposed at the upper interspace of the
■ pre-maxillaries. Here also is seen 2 inches Jicliind the
" fore end of the vomer the rough, thick anterior border
" of the coalesced iire-froniah, which contracts as it passes
'■ into their upper border, forming the septum of the nos-
" trils, expanding below and behind to form the back
" wall of the nasal jDassages. "

It will be obviousi that Owen here uses the terms
vomer and pre-frontaJa for the bones named by Flower,
vomer and ethmoid, and also that while the vomer extends
forward almost to the tip of the beak, the eihmoid or pre-
frontrils are enclosed by the vomer, which latter is drawn
backwards at the base of the skull to cover the spheno-
sphenoidal sutui'e. As touching the nasal cavity, the nasal
moieties of the vomT extend nearly half-way to the ver-
tex, and here coalesce with the cflinioid or pre-fronrnls,
whichever we care to call them.

True, in his exhaustive monograph on the Ziphiidcc,
missing this point, says (Bulletin 73, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp.
50 and 51): — "The proximal end of the roiiirr is anky-
" losed with the anterior face of the nasals, and reaches up
" to the nasal bosses, etc." This should have been the
jjroximal ends of the pre-frontals, ankylose with the an-
terior face of the nasals.

As a second proof that Owen never co^ifounded the
vomer with the pre-frontals, he says at p. 425, of his
Anatomy of the Vertebrates, A^ol. 2 : — " The in'e-frontals
in tho lielur/a are large, and ascend into view at the back
part of the nostrils, where they coalesce with the f rentals."
This is the common condition in the order Del pit mid iv,

t8;ii Gruy, Biit. Mus., Cat Seals and Whales, p. 285.

15Y H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. Lor.D. 27

and a-9 the pre-frontals at times (as we will deal with in a
later paper) coalesce with the nasals, it is wise to call these
bones — so marvelloush' reduced in size — yre-franio nasals.
In onr skull of Zipli'nis rar/msfris the prc-f rentals do not
reach the nasal bosses by an interval of 30 mm. in the
medium line, a condition of things always found bridged
in dolphins' skulls by cartilage "*''', until late in life, after
which ossification takes place. A glance at the Tasmanian
skull is enough to show that a cartilaginous bridge existed
there also, but was lost by cleaning and bleaching.

This note of immaturity in our skull takes us natur-
ally to another point, viz.. the non-ossification of the
ethmo-vomerine cartilage, which apparently is also de-
pendent upon age factors, and not sexual ones. Culling a
note from the human subject, we find that the ossifii-
centre that gives rise to the ethmo-vomerinc cartilage (as
far as it is touched by ossification), the nlsfft f/aHi, and
the cribriform plate does not complete its activities luitil
half the period of adolescence has been passed. In whales,
the sense of smell has atrophied, and the ossific powei-s of
the centre named turns its activities upon the ethmo-
vomerine cartilage — in the ziphoid whale;i — but appar-
ently not till late in life. In most of the Dtl pltiiiitln the
cartilage remains as j.uch throughout life, but in very old
dolphins it may manifest some ossification at its proximal
end.

This question of the reduction of the senses in whales
is one of the things that warrants considerable attention
bc>ing paid to it. if we are to unravel the complexities that
surround the group origins of the Cetarfa as a whole.
Brietly it may be said in passing that the retention of the
nasal organs in whales cuts them off from dolphins, and
that the Zi i>hii(hf', to some extent, are midway between
them. To bring our specimen into line with the ten ziphoid
skulls that True listed, and monographed, we will here
quote the description of the specimen that comes nearest
to our own, viz., his specimen No. 20971. Thi-s was the
skull of a female whale that was captured at Barnegat,
New Jersey, U.S.A. Of this True says: — "Adult female.
" Majority of sutures open, but those on superior surface
" of rostiiim between maxillse and pre-maxilla; jjartly anky-
" losed. Vomer nearly all ankylosed to rostral portion of
'■ pre-maxillae. It presents a slight median elevation, but
" there is na mesirostral nssifiraf/oii. Right pre-maxillfe
" in front of nares flat and horizontal ; left, nearly .so, but
"with a quite broad longitudinal groove. Opposite maxil-

(8b) We have evidence as to the origin of this cartilage, and shall
in due course deal with the same.

28 STUDIKS OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

■■ lary notches, pre-maxillfe nearly on a level with adjacent
' parts. Orifice of anteiior nares level with the lower
" end of the nasal boss. End of rostrum qviite acute and
" broader than deep. Rudimentary alveolar groove dis-
'■ tinct distally Proximal end of vomer (A'/r!) is anky-
" losed with anterior face of nasals and reaching up to
" nasal boss, which has a sliarp median ridge completing
" the nasal sei^tum superiorly. Anterior face of nasal
" bos3 slightly concave on each side of the median
" line." *y' In our skull the alveolar groove can be traced
throughout its length, but everything else is duplicated in
Trues description. Apparently this American animal
was slightly older at the time it came ashore than our
specimen was when captured in Tasmania, for the reason
stated, when dealing with the cartilaginous bridge between
the pre-frontals and the other elements at the vertex of
the skull. In the matter of the ethmo-vomerine cartilage,
both skulls yield similar evidence, and in a w^ord True"s
data makes it absolutely manifest that the ossification of
the rostral cartilage has been pushed to an extreme point,
as a factor of taxonomy, since the real truth is that it
may or may not ossify, and if it does, it is usually late
in life in the female sex — but slightly earlier and more
strongly in the male. There is a temi>tation to hazard
the guess that the almost total reduction of the dental
apparatus in ziphoid whales and the conseqvient diversion
of nutriment and nerve energy to a more central line may
have had something to do with the extra ossific enei-gy that
acted upon the ethmo-vomerine cartilage. At the tip of
the beak, upon the right side, there is a foraminal groove,
most likely vestigial, and obviously the remaining one of a
pair, that at one time were fiinctional. This groove ended
about an inch from the functional foramen that passed
facial nerves to the beak during the life of the individual
under study. The alterations to the beak areas bv the
reduction of the tooth line and its alveoli have caused the
nerves to traverse the beak superficially and the bony
tissue is grooved to receive them. A very slight pressure
upon the probe (^^) that was passed into the vestigial
canal caused it to carry through and appear in the fossa
in front of the functional foramen. These canals are func-
tional (and symmetrical) in dolphins' skulls, and appar-
ently relate to the teeth. Tn the higher mammals the
vomer and its incidental pressure upon part of the septal
cartilage determines the amount that ossifies — extra pres-
sure causing reduction and suspension of the cfsific activ-

(9) Tiaie, Bull. 73, U.S. Nat. Mus., pp. 50-51.

(10) This pi-obe wns at the time it appeared externally 17 i inches
through the bony tissue of the beak.

J!Y II. H. SC(»TT AND CLIVK E. LORD. 29

ity. The skulls of the ziphoid whales arc loosely con-
structed, and the ethmo-vomerine cartilage would accord-
ingly receive far less pressure than obtains anion? the
l)flphini(l(r. This is merely a suggestion in passing, and
is not regarded by us as being more than a tentative
note.

Owing to mutilations in our skull, we are unable to
compare the whole of Tme's cranial measurements with
our specimen, but a considerable number ax"e hereunder
appended, and none of these involved anv restorations.
If, by the most careful deductions that can be made by
comparative osteology, we restore the mutilated poi"tions of
our skull, we find them to fall into line with Tnie s data
in a most i-emarkable wav. and evf n a casual glance at the
talkie sup])liod will show the similarity of the two speci-
mens.

Some of the mutilations referred to, as, for instance,
the sawing off of the occipital ccndylcs and part of the
occiput, evidently prc-dated the gift of the skull to the
Muveum, but the loss of the pterygoids, ear bones, and
all the teeth suggests unfair rsage in the davs when this
and oth?r whales" skulls were left to weather in the back-
yard, owing to want of proper storage space.

30

STUDIES OF TASMAXIAN CETACKA,

AMERICAN AND TASMANIAN SKULLS OF ZIJ'llIUS
CA V/ROSTRIS.

Name of the measure-
ment made.

Totallength

Length of the lustium ...

Breadth between centie.s
of the orbits ...

Breadth between zygoma-
tic i)roce.s.-es ...

Breadth between t('m])or-
al fosstc

Breadth of rotitiuni at its
base

Roslnim ill tlie middle
(width)

Width of pre-niaxilhe at
the same point

Depth of rostiuin at mid-
dle

Brea<lth of tlie pre-max-
ilku ill from nf nare.s...

Greate.st breadth of an-
terior iiaie.s

Greatest lengtli of tem-
poral fossit;

Greatest depth of tempor-
al fosstc

Aiiteri(jr end of orbit to
the maxillary notch ...

Length of the mandibular
symphy.sis

Tine's
Anieiican

s]iecin

H.i)

-Mils

leii ill

spefinieii.

'uni.

Keinarks.

MM.

Inches.

MM.

Indies.

Our spfciiueii is

94.5

371

890

3.")

devoid of occi-
]iital condyles.

550

-1-

r.io

211

Our iiie;isurenient
is from the pie-
orbital foramen

476

ISY

4<;."i

-IS'-

to tip of beak.

30:J

302

307

112

62

176

143

SO

S-i

No
data

]!I7 i 48;

n;

121

30 :

4:1 ' 102

65

3i

166

14;

80

10'

ns

511-16

3 3-16 82 ' 3 3-lfi

170

6g

Approximately.

■" A pproximatoly.

Ti ue gives the
mandibular .\vm-
jiliysi.s of another
skull as 170 mm.,
and one at 176
mm., the latter
lieing, npou the
whole, the most
reliable, as it was
of the same spe-
cies, but a male
instead of a fe-
male.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND fUVK K. LOKD. 31

GENERAL NOTES.

The Zijiliiithr manifest a primitive character that has
apparently les? in common with the Pnizfinjlvdonttt, than
it has with the hypothetical generalised, ungulate progeni-
tor of Professor Flower. This is the presence of both a
malar plate (as well as the jugal style common to dclnhins)
and a lathrvnial bone, of extensive area. Nothing akin
to this is found in the ciirnivora. but the like is common
to existing ungulates, and in the genus BOS, the malar
plate oveilaps the lachrymal in a similar way to that ob-
taining in the cetacean skull. The lachrymal is always an
important face bone in ungulates, being, where necessary,
modified to meet the ne.?ds of the scent glands, but in the
hipi)opotamus, which Flower regarded as the nearest
living coiigener of the pro-ungulates, the lachrymal is a
fairly solid plate-like bone, well up to the middle line of
the face.

Our illu.'-tration of the skull is sufficiently good to sup-
ply all the ordinary data for a comparative study of
Zi ji'iiiKs, with other whales, but it may be wise to add the
following notes: —

1. The overhanging pre-fronto-nasal bcfses, of

Zi/i/iiiis, cut it off from Bf-rtirdimt.

2. The shoi'ter and stouter skull segregates it from

M^>iijpl(jdini.

3. The males, according to True, have — in addition to

the ossified rostral cartilage — wide narial basins,
and teeth with I'oota 25 to 30 mm. across, as
against 10 to 14 mm. for females.

'J. Ziphoid whales have lower jaws longer than the
upper, by anything up to 60 mm. — meastired in
position.

5. The ptei'ygoids are extremely large and thin, but
in oui- skull they are sadly mutilated.

NOTES TO STUDENTS.

(1) The origin of the Cetacea is not a solved problem,
and, in .spite of a. vast amount of writing in this direction,
even the group oi'igin still awaits solution. Any infoniia-
lion that can be culled from the crania of the existing
whales (that relates to the pro-mammalian skull) should be
u?eful data, and yeai*s ago Mr. Scott set out to prepare
Dolphins' skulls by a long and roundabout process, hav-
ing for its object the preservation of cartilaginous and im-
perfectly ossified vestiges, that ai-e not commonly pre-

32 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA.

served in Cetacean skulls as prepared for museum speci-
mens. In dealing with the Tasmanian Dolphins such data
as we ha,ve collected will be passed in review.

(2) In times past the Ziphoid whales must have visited
the shores of Tasmania, much as they do to-day, and it is
of interest to note that, in this connection, the rniocene
strata of Table Oape has yielded an arm bone and some
mutilated vertebrae of one of these whales. Althouojh ob-
viously nearer to Zip/iiuft than to the genus Memplodon,
it does not fit in with either genus, and it may be pos-
sible to extract more material from this specimen than
that already published in the proceedings of the Royal
Society of Tasmania in 1913. For the present, it is of
interest to note that these ancient whales have a place
upon our Tasmanian lists that relate to the Natural History
of the jDast.

LITERATURE REFERRED TO

Andrews, Dr. Charles, Monographs, British Museum
Series.

Beddard, F. E., Dr., Book of Whales.

Chapman, F., Some Tertiary Cetacean Remains, Rov. Soc.
Victoria, 1917.

Flower, Professor, Notes from his lectures in 1883.

Hamer, Dr. S. F., On Cuviers Whale. Proc. Zoo. Soc.
Lond.. 1915.

Haast, Sir J. von, Notes on the Skeleton of E pirhm
Xriva-Zealaiulicv. Trans. N.Z. Institute. Vol. 9.

Hector, J., On the Whales and Dolphins of New Zealand
Seas. Trans. N.Z. Institute. Vol. 5.

Owen, Professor, Anatomy of Vertebrates.

True, F. W., Monograph of the Ziphoid Whales. Bull. 73.
U.S. Nat. Museum.

Turner, Sir W., Bones of Cctacea. Challenger Reports
Zoology, Vol. 1.

-<^

\

*•► ^

I +

/+ +

«;

(^

^

X

33

NOTES OX THE GEOLOGY OF MARIA ISLAND.

By W. H. Clemes, B.A., B.Sc.

Plates XL, XII.

(Received 2ncl June. 1919. Bead Utli July. 1919.)

These notes are intended as an incentive to future
study rather than as a complete record of the geology of
this interesting locality. They are the result of several
holidavs spent on the island, and particularly of two
yachting trips undertaken recently. In many places the
record is meagre, as I was unable to land and examine
the rock formations in detail, but had to rely on obser-
vations made while sailing along, often in somewhat
troubled waters. Still the description is complete

enough to be of value, especially as no previous record
has been made, with the exceptoa of the late R. M.
Johnston s description of the Fossil ClilTs in his Geology
of Tasmania. There is brief mention of a paper read by
him before the Royal Society on Ricdlc Bay, but unfor-
tunately it was not printed and his valuable observations
have been lost.

Maria Island is situated on the East Coast, almost
opposite to Spring Bay and Orford. The passage between
it and the mainland varies in width from three to eight
miles. In the narrowest part, off Long Point, is Lachlan
Island, a small diabase i'ock covered with sparse vegeta-
tion. This passage is the result of excessive wave-erosion
acting on the sandstones and diabavse which are now found
fringing either shore. There is little doubt that the
Orford .sandstones were once continuous with the sand-
stones at the Crayfish Rock, a little to the south of
the Settlement, and those on the flank of Mt. Maria.
The passage itself is extremely shallow with a moderately
flat floor, the average depth being about six fathoms.
A shoal stretches across from the Sandspits to beyond
Lachlan Island, the water on which is in places only one
fatliom in depth. The sediment here deposited was lai-gely
brought down by the Sandspits River, which has, at the
same time, built up a lai-ge alluvial flat and ti-tree swamp
covering many acres. The ti-tree is growing on soft oozy
mud, Avhicli quiver.s and shakes as one passes over, and it
is quite easy to shake a considerable area and make the
trees bob and curtsy in a rather alarming fashion. There
C

34 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MAKIA ISLAND,

is a fine beach here ending in a long sandj^ hook. In
northerly and southerly weather an ugly sea gets up
quickly owing to the shallowness of the water.

Maria Island is one of those curious "tied-islands" to be
found in Tasmania. The reason for their formation has
not yet been determined, though it is usual to ascribe
it to the sinking of the land, and, though not sufficient
data has been collected to dogmatics on the matter, there
is no reason to suppose that there have been any other
forces in operation. It is interesting to note that at the
present time the shore is sinking both in Shoal Bay and
also at Orford, on the opposite side of the passage. The
same thing is taking place near the mouth of the Huon
at Garden Island Creek, and at Kelly's Basin, Port Davey.
The isthmus is narrow, low-lying, and sandy, and scarcely
raised above sea-level. Shoal Bay is very shallow, though,
there is a deep channel off its fjouth-western extremity. At
the head of the bay is a beach, the sand of which is
largely composed of shell-fragments. Riedle Bay is much
deeper, and well scoured by the south-easterly gales. Its
beach is composed almost entirely of cpiartz grains trom
the granites that fringe its shores. The most prominent
feature of the North Island is the great central mass of
Mt. Maria and the Bishop and the Clerk, the highest
point of which is about 3,000 feet high, and from which
the land slopes, in parts precipitously, in parts gently,
down to the sea. High hills also cover the South Island,
which is smaller and not so elevated. The coast line is
most irregular with high cliffs on the north, south, and
east, and low-lying rocks to the west, interspersed with
fine white beaches.

The densest vegetation is to be found on the slopes
of Mt. Maria, especially on the east where it intercepts
the breezes from the sea. Here the Oyster Bay pine is
a prominent feature. The rest of the island is well-
wooded with eucalypts and she-oaks, though thinning out
on the poorer soils of the granite areas.

The geology of the east is quite distinct from that of
the west. The rocks on the western half of the island
are almost entirely made up of Mesozoic sandstone and dia-
base of the usual type, while on the east Penno-Oarbonifer-
OU9 mudstones and conglomerates are interspersed with De-
voniau granites and older quartzites. The south-western
end of the island. Cape Peron, ends in a magnificent pillar
and axchway of diabase, from which it runs back to a
pyramidal peak above. The diabase continues in a north-
easterly direction as a steejily-sloping and precipitous
hill-side for about a mile where it junctions with the

BY W. H. CLEMES, B.A., B.SC. 35

granite of Barren Head. This forms bold headlands and
rocky islands round the coast to Riedlc Baj- and Cape
Maurouard. It is generally massive in formation, but
varies in places and becomes highly jointed and. in con-
sequence, much hollowed by the waves, Sea Elephant or
Crayfish Bay being a notable example. As far as I could
judge the granite was of the usual type, though some-
what coarser grained, in which orthoclase felspar predom-
inated, giving it a distinct reddish tinge.

Ricdlc Bay is of sui-jDassing interest to the geologist
as well as to the arti-t and the lover of beauty in Nature.
The granites of Cape Maurouard are succeeded by Permo-
Carboniferous marine mudstones. These first appear as
a narrow band lying horizontally on the low coastal cliff
of granite but rise later to a cliff, beautifully laminated,
fully 100 feet in height, extending for about a mile along
the shore and resting on a shelf of granite. Later the
mudstones disappear, the granite rises up to a cliff about
40 feet in height, on which is resting a narrow lavcr of
coarse pebbly conglomerate, of which mention will be
made later on. Then the granites give place to earlier
quai-tzites, which have been tilted up on edge and other-
wise deformed bv the intruding granite. The highly
crystalline nature of this rock testifies to the intensity of
the metamorphosing action. With the limited time at my
dispoi^al I was unable to collect sufficient material to de-
termine the age of these rocks, and can only say that they
are earlier than the granite. The rocks in the same meri-
dional line to the north are given in the Geological Map of
Tasmania as Silurian, and there is no reason to suppose
that these are of an earlier horizon than that. They form
the outer edge of a well-sheltered corner, whose beach
continues over the isthmus to the northern side of the
bay. Here it is met by an immense heaped-up pile of
boulders, mostly of diabase, an eloquent tribute to the
force of the southerly gales. The diabase is again succeed-
ed by a very coarse-grained granite, on the top of whose
wave-worn surface are stranded great diabase boulders,
which at first sight appear to have been hurled there by
the force of the waves, but later examination leads one to
suppose that they are either a talus from the high
diabase cap of Mt. Maria behind, or perhaps a small sill or
dyke sent from the same source. As we approach Boat
Harbour there appears to be another occurrence of the
quartzit.es which were found on the opposite side of the
bay. Here they are resting on the granites' but tilting
steeply southwards. These are succeeded by the gritty
basal beds of the Permo-Carboniferous series with its

36 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MAKIA ISLAND,

embedded ice-borne detritus. Above there is a magnificent
cliff of conglomerate about 40 feet high consisting of
pebbles and boulders set in a matrix of calcareous and
felspathic sandstone, which h^s decomposed by the action of
percolating water and formed numerous stalactitic growths
descending from the overhanging projections. The pebbles
are mostly quartzose, ranging in size from the tiniest par-
ticles up to large boulders, interspersed with boulders of
granite and pieces of slate, schist, and quartzite of the
older formations. It is resting in a kind of pocket scooped
out in the granite, and is no doubt contemporaneous and
homogeneous with the conglomerates^ across the bay. A
dyke of diabase comes right thi'ough the middle and a sill
of the same material is resting on the top. The granite of
Boat Harbour is a very coarse-grained tourmaline granite of
handsome appearance. The felspar crystals which pre-
dominate are often two to three inches long, and the
crystals of the other constituents are correspondingly
large. Tliis granite should make a valuable commercial
product quite equal to any of the imported article. It is
very striking in appearance and should take a splendid
polish. It is by far the finest granite I have seen on the
East Coast. It extends round Cape dee Tombeaux and
passes under the Pei'mo-Carboniferous basal beds which
appear in the next little bight, and which are themselves
capped bv Cretaceous diabase which forms an overlying
spur from jVlt. Maria. Between the next point and Cape
Mistaken, usually known as Ragged Head, the granite has
suffered a certain amount of deformation, but whether dur-
ing consolidation or subsequently is hard to determine.
The jointing is most irregular and in places highly con-
torted. Around Cape Mistaken, a bold granite headland,
we come in sight of a magnificent panorama. The great
moamtain-mass of the Bishop and the Clerk here ap-
proaches the sea, and slopes precipitously from its summit
down to the water's edge. It consists of Permo-Carbonifer-
ous limestones and marine mudstones, resting on a bed of
granite, and capped by Cretaceous diabase exhibiting
columnar structure in the cliffs along its summit, forming
the cockscomb-like Bishop and Clerk.

Right under the eastern end of the latter mountain
the granite gives way to a series of rocks which Dr.
Clarke informs me are quartzites. These will probably
then be of the same horizon as those of Riedle Bay. They
have been highly contorted by the intruding granite;
anticlines and synclines are frequent and the plications
are most intricate. Where not folded the strata are all
standing on edge. Great blocks are also to be seen em-

BV W. H. CLKMES, B.A., B.fcC. 37

bedded in the granite, showing conclusively that they
belong to an earlier age, but to what age is a matter for
future investigation. Permo-Carboniferous limestones are
resting unconfonnably above them, and, on the far side,
come down below sea-level, the granites having finally
disappeared. Thev continue round the coi-ner of Cocks-
comb Head and form a huge semi-circle of cliffs extending
almost to Cape Boullanger and the He du Nord, which
are of diabase. These cliffs are the finc3t example of the
Lower IMarine beds that we have in Tasmania. They are
regular and almost horizontal, though one or two examples
of lenticular deposition are apparent. There are no strik-
ing examples of faulting or deformation sUch as appear at
Eaglehawk Neck and other localities. The cliffs slope
down gradually to the west from a height of about 1,000
feet, Avith flat ledges underneath almost buried in a huge
talus of fallen blocks, some of which weigh many tons.
These rocks and the cliffs around them are studded with
fossils, brought into relief by weathering, and are simply
one solid compact mass of shell-remains, among which the
Eurydesmas with their thick globose forms predominate.
"Blocks of 40 and 50 tons weight seem to be simply made
up of a compacted conglomerate of this genus' (R. M.
John^iton). The basal beds are the usual grittv iiiuastones
more highly studded than usual with ice-borne detritus ;
some of the granite blocks embedded in the mud of this
old sea-floor must weigh many tons. Their angular nature
shows that they have been transported bv ice-action, as
that is the only agency which could have carried thom
for such a distance and preserved their shape intact. The
way in which the surroiuiding mud has been pressed up
around their edges aUo proves that thev have been drop-
ped from melting floes and sunk to their present resting
place.

Throe zones are represented : —

1. Eurydesma Zone.

2. Fenestella Zone.

3. Crinoidal Zone.

The first two zones have been well described bv the
late R. M. Johnston in his Geology of Ta.'-inania and so
I need not elaborate on them here.

The principal families represented in ihc tir^t zone
are Spiriferx, rachi/donnt^, Enrydf-xma , Xotomya,
Avicuh/jerfeii, Sfenopora, and Favosites. In the second the
Feney-lfUas and Protorcfeporo are interspersed with
Spirifrrx, Pnu/iiriiis, Stroplialoi^ia, etc. The Crinoidal
Zone is composed almost entirely of a comjiacted mass of

38 NOTES ON THE GEOLOGY OF MARIA. ISLAND.

Crinoicl remains. No traces of the flower-like head have
been found bvit fossils of the main stem and branching
arms are very frequent. It would appear as if these re-
mains had collected on some outlying reef where the waves
had broken them up into .fragments and destroyed the
softer parts. It makes a splendid crystalline limestone,
exceeding hard to quarry out, which was at one time
worked for lime, but the collapse of the kilns led to
its abandonment. The limestones seem to persist along
the western base of the mountain, and resting on them
is a band of Mesozoic sandstones, and above those the dia-
base cap so frequently found in Central and f outh-Eastern
Tasmania. Frequently between the limestone and sand-
stone is a band of Permo-Carboniferous gritstone.

The only other feature of interest is a curious red-
dish coloured stone ajDpearing under the diabase near
the jetty at Shoal Bay, and at Bloodstone Point on the
other side of Long Point. It has the appearance of a
highly decomposed granite. If so, it is the most westerly
cxposfure on Maria Island.

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1919.

A M^— y/ ^Wi».y /W»

Jif£rr/f m/1 Cois CMffr

c'rX'.

r^A.

C/3'3)

r-f, .t„'n

J/mn -pm MmJ fisjnmj oiart- (i8oz) ^^ jKETCff mn mnmS CMRt /^i^V

39

THE EARLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

EAST COAST, TASMANIA.

By Clive E. Lord.

(♦JuiatOT of the Tasmanian Museum).

Plato XIII.

(Received '2nd June, 1919. Read Utli July, 1919.)

Historically speaking, the discoveiy of Tasmania is
of recent date, but even so, we lack many details of
the early expeditions, and there were probably many
early navigators of Australian seas of whom we know
nothing. Even in modern days, navigation is not exempt
from danger, although all the main routes have been
carefully charted, and the advent of steam power has
revolutionised the ai't of seamanship. The earlv ex-
plorers, however, sailed their small vessels along unknown
coasts, and amidst uncharted reefs. How many perished
we know not, but even of those expeditions that returned
a large percentage of their company were lost bv the
way. Scurvy was responsible for a tremendous death
roll, in addition to the other dangers of the voyage. It
must also be remembered that the discoveries of many
of the early explorers were not made known to the world
for many voars. Each expedition was working for its
own country or company, and in some cases the results
of the voyages were carefully guarded for the sake of self
interest from a national standpoint. It was not for many
years after hirs death that Tasmans work as an explorer
became known, and the details of his stay at Tasmania,
and incidentally the discoveiy of Maria Island, were given
to the world.

The exploring ships coming from tlie west — the more
settled portions of the old world — nearly all followed on
Tasmans tracks. Making their landfall on the rugged
coasts of the south-western portion of Tasmania, or, as it
wag known of old, as the southern portion of Terra Aus-
tralis, and then sailing east U7itil they reached the quieter
waters of our east coast. Maria Island will alwavs be
connected with the early era of discovery, and the more
one visits this locality, the greater the desire becomes
to gain some knowledge of its early history. This was so
in my own case, and what information I have gathered
has been incorporated in the present paper in order that
othei's who are interested may have the infoi-mation avail-
able should thev desire to take advantage of it.

40 THE EARLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

As far as European navigators are concerned, Maria
Island was first sighted on the evening of December 1st,
1642, when Abel Janszoon Tasman sailed iipi the East
Coast and anchored neai' Green Island, to the soiuth
of Marion Bay. This anchorage was about fifteen miles
to the southward of Maria Island, which Tasmau named.
The intrepid Dutch explorer left this anchoiage on
December 4th, and his chart shows that he sailed ut> the
coast on the ocean side of the island, which he charted
as "Maria's Eylanclt. " (i^

For more than one hundred j^ears the aboriginals
were undisturbed by visitors from oversieas. On March
5th, 1772, however, the ill-fated Marion du Fresne, fol-
lowing on Tasman's charts, anchored his vessels in almosit
the same locality as where the TIeemsl-irl: and Zeehan
had been a century previously. Marion remained for five
or six days', during which time there occurred an unfor-
tunate encounter with the natives, in which several of the
aboriginals were wounded, and at least one killed.
Orozet s narrative of the voyage '-' does not give details
of their stay, but it is probable that boats from the
ships visited the island. (3)

The third European and the first British navigator
to sight Maria. Island was Furneaux, but he was in error
as regards the iDosition of the island, and probably mis-
took the Maria. Island of Tasman for part of "The
Schoutens." Captain Cook, in the Fesnlufinn, and Cap-
tain Furneaux, in the Adrenfure, became separated in a
storm on the 7th of February, 1773. This was Cook'a
second voyage to the South Seas, and he sailed to New
Zealand, while Furneaux called in at Adventure Bay
before rejoining his captain. On the 9th of March,
Furneaux sighted Tasmania, or, as it was then called,
the south coast of New Holland. He mistook the ,
points, and- took the entrance to the present D'Entre-
casteaux Channel to be Storm Bay. When he first
anchored on the 10th of March, he thought he was near
the Frederick Henry Bay of Tasman, and it is this error
which led to such subsequent confusion. Furneaux called
the bay Adventure Bay, after his ship, and considered
Tasman's Frederick Henry Bay to be a few miles north.
The present Tasman's PeninsTila was called bv Furneaux

(1\ Tasman, Abel Janszoon. —Journal of a Yoyai;e in 1642 Amster-
dam 1898,

Maria Island was named after the wife of Anthony Van Diemen,
the Governor of Batavia, and not after his dau!:rhter, as is often stated.

[1] Crozet's Voyage to Tasm.inia, New Zealand, etc., 1771-72 Trans,
by Ling Roth. Lond. 1891.

(3) See Copies of Marion's Charts. P. and P. Eoy. Soc. Tas. 1889.

BY CLIVE E. LOUD. 41

the Maria Island of Tasman. His description of the
anchorage in Adventm'e Bay is as follows: —

"At seven o'clock in the evening we anchored in
"seven fathoms of water, with the small bower, and
"moored with the coasting anchor to the westward,
"the North point of the Bay N.N.E. h E. (which we
"take to be Tasman".? Head), and the Easternmost
"point (which we named Penguin Island, from a
"curious one caught there (^) ) N.E. by E. ^ E. ; the
"watering place W. h N. ; about one mile from shore
"on each side; Marias Island, which is about five or
"six leagues off, shut in with both points; so that you
"are quite landlocked in a most spacious harbour."

Furneaux stayed five days in Adventure Bay, and
having completed taking in wood, water, and grass, he
set sail. He records passing "Marias Islands" on the 16th,
and the Schoutens Islands on the 17th, and after pro-
ceeding further north he stood away to New Zealand. ^^)
Furncauxs mistakes led to considerable confusion, and
even at the present time the result of his investigations
may be seen in the misleading nomenclature, which is
still in general use.

Captain Cook, during his third voyage in 1777, an-
chored in Adventure Bay in January of that year. He
failed to notice Furneauxs error, as he records bearing."?
from his anchorage in Adventure Bay to the points of
"Maria 9 Island.'"

The first detailed examination of the island was
made by Captain John Heniy Cox, during a voyage in
the brig Mtrriirij, in 1789 '^'. On the 3rd of July he
sighted the coast of Tasmania, and at one p.m. was
abeam of S.W. Cape (^\ At six in the evening the brig
was brought to anchor in a deep bay (^), the ilewstone
bearing S. by E. A little water was obtained, and signs
of the natives were seen. A heavy sea set into the
bay on the m.oming of 5th July, and some difficultv was
experienced in weighing the anchor, owing to an accident
to tho winch, which injured several of the crew. The

(4) "Probably the first record of Kud ijtiilc.^ clirii.<ocvriic (Crested
"Pen<;uin)."

(5) Cook's Voyasres
(Ga.) Cook'.s VoyaKe.s.

(6h) Forster, in describing: Furneaux'.'^ anchorage in Adventure
Bay. states:— "Several ishmds in the ofBns: to the N.E. alonsj shore were
of moderate height, and likewise covered with wood. Tasinan prob-
ably took them for one great island, which in his charts bears fhe
name Maria's Island" A Vovaire round the World. Dublin. 1777.

(7) Cos's voyage was undertaken for motives of discovery, but an
examination of the far tiade of the N.W. Co.-'st of America was its
ultimate object. The Mercurti was a cop-ier bottomed vessel of 152
tons, designed and built by Stalkaart especially for the voyage.

(8) In 1773 Furneaux had mistaken S.W. (.'ape for Tasman's South
Cape.

*9) Now known as "Cox's Bight."

42 THK EARLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

cable was eventually cut, and the anchor left behind. At
nine the next night the boat was off Tasman's Head, and
on the night of the 7th they worked to windward, and
imagined they were working intO' Adventure Bay, where
it was proposed to secure wood, and complete taking in
water. When day dawned, however, they found that
they were farther north than they imagined, and "were
among the Maria Islands." At 8 a.m. Cox set out in
one of tlie small boats, and examined the shore to the
South West in search of fresh water, but he did not
meet with any more success than Marion had. Later he
examined Maria Island, and landed in a deep bay, with
a fine sandy beach. Cox named this Oyster Bay. He
found a small stream of water, and plenty of good wood
in the south east corner of the bay, which is situated
between the North and South portions of the island,
a low sandy neck being the only connecting link at this
place. The brig was signalled to, and came to anchor in
the bay at 3 p.m. on the 8th of July, 1789. The crew
were immediately sent on shore to procure wood and
water. They found traces of human inhabitants, as the
trees were hollowed out by fire, and great quantities of
shells heaped about them. They also noticed roughly
constructed huts of bark.

On the 9th smoke was seen on the opposite side of the
bay, and an attempt was made to interview the natives.
The third mate approached them, alone and unarmed, and
although he made every sign of friendship his fancy could
suggest, they only mimicked his actions exactly, and
laughed lieartily, but would not stay. As fast as he ad-
vanced they withdrew, and were soon lost in the bush.
On the morning of July 10th, the natives were again seen,
several standing about a fire, while others were walking
in the bush with spears and lighted pieces of wood in
their hands. They allowed the seamen to approach, but
seemed very timid, although they accepted gifts of bis-
cuits, penknives, etc. This party consisted of 14 or 15
men or women, who were all entirely naked "except one
"man, who had a necklace of small shells, and some of the
"women, who had a kind of cloak or bag thrown over
"their shoulders." Several were observed to be scarred,
and their bodies daubed with reddish earth <^°). Mortimer
svims the natives up thus: — "Upon the whole they seemed
"to us to be a timorous, harmless race of people, and
"affoi^d a fine picture of human nature in its most
"inide and uncultivated state."

(10) There is a large outcrop of reddish earth at Bloodstone Point
to the north of_ Long Pt.. to the N.W. of Oyster Bay. which misht have
served the natives of this locality for the usual red ochre with which
the aboriginals were so fond of decoTatin2 themselves.

BV CLIVE E. LORD. 43

Later in the day several of the officers went ashore,
and although they found a recently deserted "caanp,"
they did not succeed in interviewing the natives. A
number of parrots were noticed, a variety of small birds,
and numerous sea fowl — "particularly a large white bird,
"sometimes bigger than a swan, with black tips to its
"wings, and an enormous sized beak' 'IV'. Most of the
birds were very shy, from which fact it was presumed that
the natives regularly hunted them.

Although it was the depth of winter (July), the
weather was mild and pleasant, the thermometer keeping
51deg.-56deg. during the period the brig was in the
bay.

On the 10th, having secured a sufficient stock of
wood and water, and being ready for sea, "all hands
"were sent on shore to wash their linen and amuse thcm-
"sjclves as they thought proper." On the 11th the brig
sailed, with a light breeze from the ^«.N.W., "out of
"Oyster Bay bv a passage to the southward, opposite to
"that by which we came in." (i'-> O^*

In 1792 Admiral Bruny D'Entrecast^aux, in com-
mand of the Rerherclie and Ksperaiirt, anchored in the
channel which he then discovex'ed, and which now bears
his name. He returned again in the following year, and
while anchored near the centre of the Channel, on Feb-
ruary 16th he sent Beaupre, the "engineer geographer, '
to explore the estuary of the present River Derwcnt, and
also the shore to the Eastward. He was particularlv
instructed to discover "whether the island of Maria was
"really separated from the land of New Holland ; for
"this had not been sufficiently resolved bv Marion, or
"even by Captain Cook." On tlie return of the boats,
Beaupre stated that he had seen the channel which sep-
arates the island of Maria from the mainland. His
charts clearly show the track of the boats and his "Chan-
"nel" would be the low lying land connecting Forcstier's
Peninsula, for it must be remembered that Furneaux's
error was now bearing fruit, and that the Peninsula was
being mistaken for the Maria Island of Tasman. (^'')

When Sir John Hayes visited Tasmania in 1793, in
the Duke of Chircnce and the Diirhess, he did not explore
the East Coast, his main surveys being in the Channel and

(11) Pelican.

(12) From an examination of the chart and the woidins of this
passage it would appear that the Mercury sailed up the eastern coast
of the island and entered the strait between the island and the main-
land at its northej-n end.

(13) Mortimer, Lieut. G.— Voyage in Brig Mercury, commanded by
John Henry Cox.

(14) Labillardiere. — Voyage in search of La Perouse.

44 THE EARLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

the Derwent. He probably only saw Maria Island at the
time of his departure for New Guinea. (15) <16).

Ba?s ?.nd Flinders, in the Norfolk, i^'^) during the
historic voyage in which they conclusively proved the
existence of Bass Straits, were the next to sight the island.
After leaving Stonn Bay on Januai-y 3rd, 1799, they
opened up Cape Raoul and Cape Pillar. Flinders states
that "These two' high columnar Capes are the extreme
"points of the land which Captain Furneaux took to be
"Maria's Island." (^8)

After rounding Tasman's Island, the true Maria Is-
land was sighted at 5 p'.m., and they hauled in close to
the shore, but the squally wind drove them off. The
next morning the island appeared as if divided in two. ^^^)
At ten o'clock the wind veered round, and they ta^cked
towards the island, but as the day wore on the wind
increased, and as it was impossible to get near Maria
Island before dark, they bore away to the northward.

The next explorer tO' visit Tasmania was the French
Admiral, Baudin, in command of the (Tcographe and
NaturaJiste. After investigating the Channel, they sent
out a boat expedition towards the East, in order to
discover if they could sail the ships through the strait
between Furneauxs "Maria Island " and the mainland.
M. Faure, the "engineer geographer" of the expedition,
spent eleven days exploring and charting the coasts. He
noted the misplacement of Frederick Henry Bay, and that,
the "Maria Island" of Furneaux, or the "Isle d'Able
Tasman" of D'Entrecasteaux was a peninsula.

On the 17th of February the ships sailed out of the
Channel, and about five in the evening of the 18th,
a.nchoired in the strait between the mainland and Maria
Island.

At daybreak next morning the long boat was sent
with orders to circumnavigate Maria Island, to make a
chart of its coast, and to ascertain if there wag any fi'&sh

(15) Lee —Commodore Sir John Haye?.

(16) The following passage re Risdon from Mrs. Lee's book is
worth repeating: — "It has often been stated in print that the name

■originated in Eestdown as beine the place wliere the first British
"settlers under Lieutenant Bowen, R.N,, rested after their stormy
"voyage in 1803. a legend which has come to be regarded as the
"truth. Risdon, however, was the second officer of the Duke of Clar-
' cnce."

(17) The Norfolk was a small boat of 25 tons, built at Norfollv
Island in 17S8. She was built and eauipped by the settlers in order to
provide communication with Sydney. When the boat arrived at Port
Jackson, however. Governor Hunter commandeered her for use by Bass
and Flinders. In 1808 the majority of the Norfolk isbinders were re-
moved to Tasmania, hence the names New Norfolk, Norfolk Plains, etc.

(18) Flinders. — Voyage Terra Australis. Intro, p. cxc.

(19) A vprv low and narrow sandy neck connects the northern
and southern portions of the island.

BY CLIVE E. LORD. 45

water. The boat, which was under the command of M.
Maui'ouard, included in its complement, M. Boullanger,
geographic engineer, and M. Peron, the naturalist and
historian. Skirting along the southern coast, the ex-
tremity was named Cape Peron, and the granite outcrop
ahead of this the Pyramid. Progressing up the east
coast, they charted the point at the southern end of the
large bay Cape Maurouard, after the cadet in charge of
the boat, who also assisted M. Boullanger in his geographic
studies. Tlie bay itself was named Riedle, in honour of
a naturalist of the expedition, who had died at Timor.

The explorers landed at Riedle Bay about two o clock,
and it was here that Peron found the famous example of
the aboriginal tomb. This was a structure of bark, cover-
ing the remains of an aboriginal whose bodv had been
cremated.

On the 20th the boat continued its journey, parsing
the Cape Mistaken of Cox, and rounding the northern
cape, which was named Boullanger, after the hvdrographcr
of the expedition. The small island off the north ex-
tremity of Maa-ia Island they named Islet du Nord. Along
this part of the coast the growth of kelp greatly astonished
the explorers, and considerably hampered their progress.
On the western side the explorers gaye the name Point
Lcseur (20) to the point at the head of Oyster Bay, and
Middle Island ('-i' to the island half way between this
point and the mainland.

As it was growing dark, the explorers ])roceeded to
land, but at the sight of about thirty aboriginals, thev
proceeded further into the bay, and landed without being
approached. The next day they surveyed Oyster Bay, and
w-ere just leaving when the sound of guns from the ship
announced the fact that M. Mauge, the surgeon, was
dead. (22) Tlie boat returned to the ships on the evening
of the 21st.

During the following days parties from the ship
visit-cd the island, and several interviews with the natives
were held. Peron docs not seem to have been impressed
with the Maria Island tribe. During the time that the
exploration of the island wa.«; in progress, several other

(20) Now Lons Point.

(21) Now McLauiihlan's or Lachlan Island.

,. '22j. "The last of my colleagues. M. Mauge. was certainly no more.

and his remains had at that moment been committed to the earth
^_He died the day after we left the ship, universally re:rretted by all

on board both vessels. . . . His body was interred on Isle
^Maria at the foot of a large Eucalyptus, against which a plate of lead
_was hxed, whereon was inscribed the sad particulars of his death.

and the name of Point Mauge was given to the part of the island

where the remains of our unfortunate companion are deposited "
Peron.

46 THE EARLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

parties had been sent out surveying. The first, under
the command of M. Freycineit, Senior, surveyed the coast
south of Cape Bernier, which they named. This expedi-
tion was absent eight days, and they showed that Fred-
erick Henry Bay was actually situated as shown by
Tasman, and that Marion Bay was only a long open bay
on the ocean side of the true Frederick Henry Bay, ('^^)
the two bays being separated by a long sandy isthmus, the
only connection by water being a narrow opening at the
south corner. They found that there was no appearance
of the Channel shown on the charts of DEntrecasteaux.
Flinders' charts were more correct in sliowing Tasman's
Peninsula, but his location of Frederick Henry Bay was
incorrect. The northern peninsula was named Forestier's
Peninsula.

The second boat expedition, under the command of
M. Freycinet, Junior, was absent three days, and ex-
plored the East Coast, from Cape Bernier to Fleurieu Bay.
This bay wasi so named (2^) by the third expedition, which
explored the Schoiitens. They found that instead of the
five or six islands which had previously been shown on the
chart, there was only one, and that what had previously
been taken for islands were the high hills of the peninsula,
which are separated in several cases by low, sandy necks
of land. The peninsula was called Freycinet's Peninsula.

The French devoted some time to the study of the
natural history of Maria Island. They particularly re-
mark upon the immense beds of kelp' fringing the shores,
the great shoalsi of dolphinsi and whales, and the "in-
"numerable legions" of seals.

Baudin sailed from his anchorage on the 27th of
Febniary. Owing to the unfavourable weather, their
progress up the coast was slow, and the ships became
separated from one of the ship's boats, which had been
sent out exploring near Thouin, or Wineglass Bay. (25)

On the 10th of March when bearing towards the straits
a isanall ship was sighted which was on the way to Maria
Island to catch seals. This vessel may well be regarded as
one of the first of the moderns. The old era of exploration

(23) Unfortunately the true Fredrik Henry Bay of Tasman :s now
known as Blackman's Bay.

(24) "In honour of the illustrious scholar to -whom France and
"her navy are so much indebted for so many valuable and honourable
"works." Peron.

(25) This boat later met the British vessel, Harrinoton, Captain
Campbell, who supplied them with provisions. They fell in with the
Naturaliste in Bass Straits, and later rejoined the Gcooraphe in Syd-
ney-

The Geographc also met an English Brig on the 8tli March. She
was named the Endeavour, havins been built at Port Jackson. Her
hull was "of the wood of the Casuarina and her masts of the Euculyp-
"tus."

BV CLIVE K. LORD. 47

from a geographical standpoint was past and Commerce
was following quickly upon the heels of Discovery. From
now onwai'd the island was continually visited by sealing
and other vessels, both from the mainland and from the
settlement at the Derwent. <-6)

In the early year's of the colony's history Maria Island
was mainlv used lay those engaged in the whaling and seal-
ing industry, and several localities are now pointed out
which in the early days were the resort of "bay whalers."

In 1S25, however, a new era began. The Government
considered that the island would make an excellent con-
vict station, as not only was it a "natural penitentiary"
but appeared to be a suitable locality in which to grow
flax. Particular attention was being paid to the cultiva-
tion of that plant at this time. Accordingly on the 4th of
March, 1825, the first vessel sailed from Hobart with a
draft of prisoners. The first Commandant was Lieutenant
Peter Murdoch of the 35th Regiment, and he held office
until the 26th of August, when he was succeeded by T. D.
Lord, who had charge of the station for some years follow-
ing. Among the early officers at the settlement may be
mentioned Assistant-Surgeon J. Griffith. Storekeeper T. J.
Lcmpinere, and Principal Overseer R. Dodsworth. The
guard was composed of men of the 40th Regiment. The
island, however, did not come up to expectations as far as
being a natural penitentiary was concerned, for there were
numerous escapes. In one inst.ance six men vacated the
island by means of a rough raft of bark, et<;.

The settlement, which had been named Darlington (^)
was, however, extended, and several out stations were
created. In 1830 a woollen factory was erected for the
manufacture of rough cloth. Two years later the cloth
was one of the main productions of the station, which, it
was considered, was about self-supporting. The cloth pro-
duction was valued at 8s. per yard, and as on an average
100 yards were woven weekly the value, per annum, was
about £2.000. In addition 4,000 pairs of shoes were made
each year, which at 5s. per pair added another thousand
pounds to the revenue. However, the authorities did not
seem satisfied with the station, and soon after the founda-
tion of Port Arthur (28) the settlement at Maria Island was
vacated. (2*5*

(26) First settlement at the Derwent— September 7th, 1803.

(27) Mr. H. Wrin-ht. Librarian of the Mitchell Library, Sydney,
to whom I am indebted for certain information in this paper, considers
that Darlington was probably named after Governor Darling.

(28) The Port Arthur Settlement was founded in 1831.

(20) Maria Island was vacated as a penal establishment, for the
first time, in 1832.

48 THE EARLY HISTORY OF MARTA ISLAND,

In 1841 Lord Stanley's Probation System came into
force and the station was again occupied under the new
scheme for dealing with the convict population. The
stttlement was extended, and in 1845 there were about six
hundred prisoners on the island, these being divided into
four classes. The main buildings' at Dai'lington, in which
the convicts were housed, consisted of six large rooms con-
taining 66 men each, 20 huts of various sizes, capable of
holding from 3 to 24 men each and about 100 senarate
apartments '30) The position at the settlement at this
time does not appear toi have been at all satisfactory. (3i)

Among the people exiled to the isle were several of
the Maori chiefs who had been concerned in the New Zea-
land rebellion. At a later date some were allowed to re-
turn to their native land, but one at least died on the is-
land, for in the neglected cem.etery of the old station may
be seen a stone stating that —

Here lie the remains of

HOHEPA TE UMUROA

a native of Wanganui, New Zealand,

who died July 9th, 1847.

There are several other interesting epitaphs in this old
graveyard, which is situated on the north-western point of
the island. The spot is unfortunately much neglected and
many of the graves are overgrown with boobialla. At the
present rate of progress it will not be many years, before all
trace is lost, except perhaps for a few of the larger tomb-
stones, of the records of those who died and were buried at
the settlement of Darlington in the early days of its his-
torv.

" On October 29th, 1849, the brig Swift, 360 tons, G
guns, commanded by Captain Aldham, arrived at Hobart
from London. She had on board several of the Irish State
prisoners. Among the number was Smith O'Brien, and
as he refused to accept a ticket-of-leave, G-overnor Denison,
who had visited Darlington in January (32)^ decided to
send him to Maria Island. Here O'Brien apparently tried
every means of making a martyr of himself, and his friends
devised a plan for his escape. A priest communicated the
details to O'Brien (^•^), and he was ready when the schooner
Victoria anchored oflf the coast and sent a boat ashore. Be-
fore O'Brien could reach tJie boat, however, a constable
appeared and an-ested the boat's crew at the point of his

(30) Boyd to Hampton, 31st Dec, 1845.

(31) Syme.— Nine Years in V.D.L., p. 270.

(32) Denison. — Varieties of Vice-Resal Life, p. 104.

(33) Denison. — Varieties of Vice-Eesal Life, p. 144.

CV (LIVE !■:. LOUD. 49

musket. O'Brien was so furious at the failure of the plan
that he refused to walk back to the station, and had to be
cai-ried there by the men who had come to rescue him (•^>.
After this O'Brien '35» was transferred to Port Arthur,
and eventually he accepted a ticket-of-leave.

Transportation was soon to cease, however, and Dar-
lington was finally vacated as a convict station in 1850.

There is an amusing account (^^' of how the H.M.S.
IlavduiKili, unaware that the settlement had been vacatoj,
put in there at Christmas time, 1850. and awaited a wel-
come due to such a Queen's ship. However, "the tall flag-
'"staff was buntins'less, the windmill sailless, the prettv cot-
"tages and gardens seemed tenantless, not a drum wa*
■heard in the military barracks, and the huge convict
"buildings seemed minus convicts. At length, through a
"telescope, was observed one canary coloured biped, in the
■grey and yellow livery of the doublv and treblv convicted
'felon. Presently a whaleboat came slowly off and

'there appeared on the quarter-deck a hawk-eyed and
"nosed personage about six feet and a half high, who seeni-
'ed as if he had long lived in indifferent society, for his
"eyes had a habit of sweeping round his person as though
"he was in momentary danger of assault. This was an
'■overseer left in charge of the abandoned station with a
"few prisoners to ass-ist him."

This now brings us to the end of the earlv period of
the islands interesting history and the one with which we
will conclude. We have seem how the early romantic era
of geographical exploration gave place to commerce as re-
presented by the scalers and "bav whalers.' And how
when these men had exterminated their stock in trade the
island became a home for th^ reformers of societv — and
their patients. During the centuiy the island was to wit-
ness yet another commercial era due to the activities of
Signer Bernacchis Maria Island Company, but this is be-
yond the scope of our present investigation-. ^laria Island
will always be of interest, not onlv from a scientific stand-
])oint owing to its peculiar geological formation, but from
the more general fact of it.s charming scenerv and ideal
climate. Closely interwoven with the other attractions of
the island ai-e the interesting facts relating to its earlv his-

'34) Deni«on-— Varieties of Vice-Kegal Life, p 143.

• 35) Some said O'Brien was betrayed. However, the Viciorin
Tas L-aptured by a heat from the settlement, and the master Ellis was
tried at Hobart, and his share of the vessel forfeited. In spite of this
he managed to get away with the vessel Later, some of the Irish
prisoners who had reached America met Ellis at San Francisco, and
an immediate Lynch law trial took place. The "jury." however, ac-
quitted EUis on the chanre of betraying the plan of escape. Fenton,
Hi'^tory of Tasmania, p. 216.

<36) Mundy.— Our Antipodes, p. 474.
D

&0 THE EARLY HISTOEY UF MARIA ISLAND,

tory. I have been privileged to recall a few of these in the
foregoing pages, but there are doubtless many more even
moie interesting ones which I am not aware of but which
will I hope be placed on record by those in possession of
them before the records relating to them are forgotten.
Sufficient has been written, I think, in order to show what
interesting periods of historj^ this island has seen.

NOTES ON TPIE NOMENCLATUKE.

Oape Boullanger. Thi'o was named after a. member
of Baudins expedition, as shown by the following passage :

"En cffet a peine on a double le cap Nord, qui, du
''nom dc notre ingcnieur, rte appele Cap Boullanger.
"... En evant du cap Boullanger, se presente
"un grosse roche, qui se rattache a File Maria par une
"traint^e de recifs dangereux ; cette roche est precede
"dun gros ilot granitique, pen eleve, sterile, et qui
"laisse entre la terre et lui un passage practicable
"seulement pour le petites embarcations. Nous
"rappelames Ihd dii Xord.''

On Baudin's Charts (Carte d'une parte de la Cote
orientale de la Terre de Diemen dresse par L. Freycinet
d'apres ses observations et celles de MM. Faure et Boul-
langer. Fevrier 1802). Cap Boullanger is unmistakably
shown as the northern point of Maria Island, thus bearing
out the description in the text. On Flinders' Chart (South
Coast, sheet 6), "C. Boullanger or Coxcomb Head " appears
east of its true location. The present maps issued by the
Lands Department show Cape Boullanger as the point
near the Bishop and Clerk. This is by nO' means its cor-
rect position, and it should be transferred back to its orig-
inal placD — the extreme north point of Maria Island, op-
posite the I. du Nord (3'^). The point where it appears on
the present day maps is generally known as ''The Bishop^
and Clerk" after the prominent mountain of that nam-e
which projects boldly seawards at this point. This is the
"cock's-comb-like"" head referred to by Flinders.

By some strange alteration "Coxcomb's Head," which
appears upon Flinders' Charts of 1798-9 (published 1814)
as a 'Sjynonym of Cape Boullanger, now appears on the
Lands Departments Charts as a synonym of Cape Mis-
taken. But even this latter Cape has been misplaced, as
I shall show later.

Cape Mistaken. So named by Captain John Henry
Cox of the Brig Mercury in 1789. The name on modern

(37) The 1. du Nord is variously called locally "North Id.,"
"Green Id.," "Rabbit Id.," or "Goat Id."

nV CLIVK !•:. LOUD. 51

map? appears too far to the south. Peron refers to this
Cape as follows : —

"Aj^res avoir double- la point Xord de la baio
■Riedle, nous vimes la terre courir a I'J^.X.E. jusque
■par le travers du cap Mixtalni (ainsi nomnie par le
"Capitaine Cox, qui reconnut 0)/<ter >< liny en 1789),
"qui forme le point le plus oriental de 1 ile."'
Upon the present day maps of the Lands Department
the most eastern point of the northern portion of Maria
Island is designated Ragged Head. The same name is
given to a point a mile or so Xorth-West. A few miles to
the south of this there is a point marked Cape Mistaken
or Cocks-combs Head. (On Flinders" Charts Coxcomb's
Head appears as a synonym for Ca))c Boullanger.) There
(an be no doubt, after an examination of Cox's and the
other early charts, that the name Cape Mistaken was
given by ('ox to the most eastern point of the island, and
that the present position assigned to it on the Lands De-
partment s maps i". incorrect. It must further be remem-
bered that it was after rounding this Cape when Cox dis-
covered he was not working into Adventure Bav that lie
gave the name Cape Mistaken to this point.

Flinders gives <^S' details of his observations when
coasting along the shores of IMaria Id. as' follow : —

"At daylight, Maria's Island appeared to be divided
"into two, Schouten s Island was visible, and the prin-
"cipal bearings taken were as follow :

"Tasnians .mall island <39> S. '240 W.

"A deep bight in the coast S. 56 W.

"South Head of Fredeiik Hendrik's Bay. 8. 72 \V.

"Maria's Island, south part N. 04° to 43 "\V.

" , north part X. 39 to 19 W.

"Schouten's Island Xorth to N. 5 E.

"The wind shifted to north at ten o'clock, and we
"tacked towards ^Maria's Island. At noon the north -
"east extreme, a cock's-comb-like head was distant four
"or five miles, but the island lying off it in Mr. Cox's
"chart was not visible nor yet the isthmus which con-
"nects the two parts of the island.

"Observed latitude 42° All" S.

"South Head of Frederik Hendrik's Bay... S. 40 W.

"Marias Island, south part Clouded.

" , north part S. 82° to X. 64 W.

"Schouten's Island, dist. 4 leagues. X'. 3 W. to 8 E.

I'i^) Flinders. — Voyage to 'I'eiia Australis. Intro, p. cxc.

(39) It must be remembered that until Flinders examined the
French and later chart«. alter his imprisonnient ut Mauritius, he con-
aidered Tusman's Peninsula was an island.

52 THE EAKLY HISTORY OF MARIA ISLAND,

"We had squally weather in the afternoon, with wind
"at north-west; and being unable to get near Maria's
"Island before the evening, bore away northward, hav-
"ing a fresh breeze at W.S.W."

I have plotted Flinders' position and taken into con-
sideration his remark : "At noon the north-east extreme, a
"cock's-comb-like head was distant four or five miles," and
I do not think that theire is the slightest doubt that the
headland referred to by Flinders is the prominent projec-
tion formed where the Bishop and Clerk mountain abrupt-
ly falls to the sea. My personal recollections of the east-
ern aspect of tlie Coast strengthen this opinion. If any
further evidence was desired one has to examine Flinders'
own charts. On these Ca,pe Boullanger has been moved
from the low Iving northern point to the massive buttress
of the noTth-eastern promontory, and is marked "C. Boul-
langer or Coxcomb's Head."

Cape Maurouard. Named after a member of Baudin's
expedition.

"Parvenus a la pointe de 'Est, cjue nous nominee
"Cdji Maurouard, du nom de I'aspirant recommand-
"able qui partageoit alors avec M. Boullanger le soin
"des travaux gcographiques, nou.ii vimes la cote se
"diriger au N.N.O. '

On Baudin's charts (Freycinet's) the location of this
Cape is clearly shown as the most eastern point of the
southern portion of Maria Island. Flinders also gives it
this position. On the Tasmanian Land Department's pre-
sent maps the name is given to the northern point of Cray-
fish Bay, while the most eastern point of the southern sec-
tion of the island is designated Cape Bald.

Cape Peron. Named after the naturalist and histor-
ian of Baudin's expedition.

"Bientot nous atteignimes le cap le jolus Sud de
"cette lie, que nos geographes ont nomme Caj^ Pernn.
"En evant de cette cap, s' eleve un rocher granitique
"solitaire de 150 a 200 pieds de hauteur, dechire par
"les fiots, imitant assez bien, souis ce rapport, un sorte
"d'obelisque : il fut nomme la Pyramide.'' W
Long Point. This is the "Leseur Point" of the
French explorers. The designation Long Point first ap-
pears on the chart of 1837. Leseur was one of the French
artist?.

Maria Island. So named by Tasman in 1642, in hon-
our of the wife of Anthony Van Diemen (and not after his
daughter as is often stated).

(40) Voj'age de Decouveites aux Terres Australes. Vol. 1., p. 263.

BY CLIVK E. LORD. 53

Mauge Point. Named after the surgeon of Baudin's
expedition, who was buried on Maria Island at this place.
Care must l:e taken to discriminate between Point Maugc
on Maria Island and Monge Bay (now generally spoken of
a? Pirates Bay) on the cuter side of Eaglchawk Neck.
Monge Bay was also named by Baudin. but was so called
after a French scientist. <*^'

Oyster B.\y. Named by Captain Cox in 1789, who
brought the brig Mn-ntrn to anchor there in order to take
in supplies of wood and water, On picscnt dav mans the
name Oyster Bav is reserved for the Outer Bay and the
inner portion designated Shoal Bay Soften referred to local-
ly as Chinaman 3 Bav).

RiEDLE Bay. So named by Baudin's expedition in
1802. It was named after one of the naturalists of the
expedition, who had died at Timor in 1801.

LITERATURE CITED.

Backhouse. J. — Narrative of a visit to the Australian
Colonies. Lond. 1843.

Bent, A.— -Almanacks" from 1824 to 1829.

Bligh, Lieut. W. — A Vovage to the South Sea. Lond.
1&92.

Bunce, D. — Australa^iatic Wanderings in Tasmania, and
Australia.

Cook, Capt. J. — Voyage toward the South Pole and round
the world performed in H.M.S. litxalulinn and Ad-
nntitrr 1772-75. Lond. 1777.

Cook, Capt. J. — Voyage to Pacific Ocean, etc., under the
direction cf Captains Cook, Clerk A* Gore, in H.M.S.
Ri-.^(,l itfion and Di^rmerii in 1776-80. London 1784.

Crozet. — (Marion'ci Vovage). Crozct's Vovage to Tasmania,
etc.. in 1771-lt72. Translated bv H. Ling Roth.
Lond. 1891.

Denison, Sir William. — Varieties of Vice-Regal Life. Lond.
1870.

Feiitoii, .) . — History of Tasmania. Hobart 1884.

Flinders, M. — Vovas;e to Terra Australis, etc., in the years
lSOl-3. Lond. 1814.

Labillardiere. — Vovage in Search of La Porousc 1791-94.
Lond. 1800."

Lee, Ida. — Commodore Sir John Haves. His Vovage and
Life. Lond. 1912.

(41) Voyajre <ie Decouveite>i aux 'J'eire> .\^I^tr;lle*. Vol. 1,

54 THE EARLY HISTOIIY OF MARIA ISLAM).

Mortimer, Lieut. G. — Voyage in Brig Mercury. Com-
manded by John Henrj^ Cox. Lond. 1791.

■\Jundy, Lt.-Col. G. C— Our Antipodes. Lond. 1852.

Peron et Freycinet. — (Baudin's Voyage) — Voyage de
Decouvertes aux Terres Au^trales. Paris 1809-16.

JaOss, J. — Hobart Town Almanack. Annually from 1829-
1836.

Eoval Society of Tasmania. — Papers and Proceedings 1849. ->^

Syme, J. — Nine years in A"an Diemen's Land. Dundee

1818.

Tasman, Abel Janszoon. — Journal of Voyage in 1642.
Amsterdam 1898.

Tasmanian Field Xaturalists' Club. — Easter Camp Ee-
porti. Camps at Maria Id. 1908, 1912 and 1915.

[Since the above paper was read before the Society,
the oflTicials of the Lands Department have taken a kindly
interest in the Cjuestion of the nomenclature, and I am
glad to note that there is every prospect of the names
being restored to their original positions. — C.E.L.]

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1919

NEW SPECIES OF TASMANIAN MOLLUSOA,
WITH CRITICAL REMARKS ON SEVERAL DE-
SCRIBED SPECIES, AND ADDITIONS TO THE

LIST.

By W. L. :May.

(Received 20th June. 1919. Read lltli Augu.st, 1919.)

Plates XIV. -XVII.

The species heie described include no startling novel-
tics, but are more or less closely related to previously
known forms. They have come from various parts of our
coasts, and frcm lew water mai'k down to one hundred
fathoms, and may be described as the balance from several
years collecting left after moic striking species have been
dealt with. The tvpes of the new species will be presented
to the Tasmanian !Mu.seuni.

June. 1919.

C.VLI-OC HITnX ELDNGATr?, sp. UOV.

Shell very small, narrowly elongate, girdle rather
broad; rather elevated; the valves distinctly beaked.
Coloui- — Purplish-brown, lighter on the doi-sal area, giving
the appearance of a longitudinal pale band. A co-type has
the 6th and 7th valves mostly pale green and the 2nd
valve with a large whitish blotch dorsallv.

Anterior valve ?.emi-circular, slightly beaked, covered
with minute pustules ; median valves with lateral areas
distinctly raised, the pleural and dorsal areas are not
separated, except that the low pustules that cover the
whcle valve become finer and more longitudinal towards
th« ridge. Tail valve with mucro about one-fourth from
the adjoining valve differentiated from the re.st of the
valve by a small ridge and very slightlv elevated. Girdle
covered with imbricating, elong.\ted. sharp-pointed .scales,
and similarly coloured to the vaK es, but of a lighter shade,
sometimes with ])aler blotches.

Length 7.^ ; breadth, 3.6 mill.

Habitat. Norfolk Bay and Port Arthur (E. Mawle).
Seven or eight specimens collected. This beautiful little
species is a very much smaller and iinrrnircr shell than ('.
jihifexsn, Grould ; (' . nific, Ashby, the type of which I have
f-een, is broader still. The present sjoecies has for its size
coarser sculpture than ji/afe-^sa. It varies much in colour-

5(3 ISEW SPECIES OF TASMANIA^ MOLLUSCA, ETC.

ing, but the ground colour seems alwaj'S to be some shade
of purplish-brown. It may be blotched with green and
whitish in various degrees of pattern.
PI. XIV., figs, la, lb.

Ap.-VTURPaS COSTIFERA, Sp. UCV.

Shell small, fusiform, white with a broad chestnut
band on the centre of the body-whcrl. Whorls 5^ rounded,
the first two being quite smooth, the rest sculptured with
strong, rounded axial ribs, fourteen en the penultimate,
sixteen on the body whorl, they fade away a little below
the periphery. The base being encircled b}^ numerous fairly
strong spiral lirx ; the ribs are crossed by wexj fine, sharp
spiral threads. Aperture fairly large, pointed above, broad
at the base, where it scarcely becomes a canal ; columella
ex:cavate, bearing two low tubercles, outer lip rounded and
simple.

Length, 4.5; breadth, 2 mill.

Habitat. Tvue, with live others from about 40
fathom;-: East of Tliouin Bay.

This specici? closely resenibles Jl/frn/i/orj/lui a iirostafrr
Verco. It is, however, a narrower shell, with more rounded
whorls, and the spiral lirae are much less strong ; it has,
too, a more bluntly rounded apex.

PI. XIV., fig. 2.

Xepotilla diaphana, sp. nov.

Shell i'mall, thin, of a semi-transparent texture, colour
3'ellcwi=h-brown, pinkish towards the apex, broadly fusi-
form, whorls five, including a prominent two-whorled proto-
conch, which is strongly spirally lirate; the adult whorls
much rounded, and strongly cancellate. There is a hollowed
space below the suture, corresponding with a shallow sinus,
and ornament.ecl by curved growth lines ; strong axial ribs
cross the whorls and are separated by spaces of about their
own width ; they number about twenty on the body whorl
and fade away below the periphery; they are crossed on
the spire by three spirals, less strong than the ribiii and
about equally spaced, so that square meshes are formed,
producing small nodules at the junction. These spirals
continue on the base, where they are smaller and closer
together. Apeiture broad, with a verv short open canal,
columella excavate, with a narrow callous lip, outer lip
rounded, corrugated by the sculpture, with a broad rather
shallow sinus at the suture.

Lcnsth 4.4; breadth, 2 mill.

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1919.

1!Y W. I.. MAY. 5(

Habitat. The type, with five others from Frederick
Henrv Bay, two others from Thouin Bay, East Ooast.
All the specimens have been taken from the roots of the
giant kelp and have much the appearance of young shells.

It resembles X. /rf/raiif/i, Beddonie, more than any
other, but is entirely distinct from that species, which is
much more strongly sculptitred, and has many move spirals.

PI. XIV., fi^. 3.

POLINICES CATENOIDES, SJO. UOV.

Shell of moderate size, rotund, with a small but sharp
spire; umbilicate. Whorls nve, rapidly increasing, the last
very large, rounded, with a slight depression below the
suture. Aperture roundly lunate, rather produced in
front, lip thin. Columella a little coiuave, with a callus
partlv covering the umbilicus, and developing into a pad
where it joins the lip above ; the calluii has a distinct
groove crossing it, at the upper edge of the umbilicus,
which latter is of moderate size, deep and perspective.
Tha colour appears to be yellowish-brown, pahr below the
suture, and on the base, and there are indications of chest-
nut flames crossing the sutural band, and patches of the
same colour on the bodv whorl. Diameter and height,
each lo mm.

Typo with 10 othcr<, mostly small, froji about 60
fathoms South of Port Arthur and one from 100 fathoms
East of Cape Pillar.

This species is reniarkaVjly like /'. mtriin, da Costa,
from Northern Europe, sc much ^o, that it is at first diffi-
cult to se3 anv diftcrcnces. However, the umbilicus is
rather smaller, and the front of the columella more pro-
duced ; it is rather broader, has a depression below the
suture, a furrow on the columella, and probably the
(flour is different. Compared with /'. nitfttn/i/hisya, Pils.
and Van., it is a mucn rounder shell, and lacks the heavy
pad over the umbilicu?, besides bting rniich smaller. I
have known this species for a considerable time, but hesi-
tated to describe it, hoping for better examples ; such,
however, have not yet ccme to hand. All my specimens
are "dead, and most have lost their colour, but some
i^how traces of coloration as above described. It is pos-
i^ible it reaches a considerably larger size, as none of mine
appear to be quite adult. Its station would apnear to be
fi-oni about .50 to 100 fathoms.

PI. XIV., fig. 4.

58 NEW SJ'ECIE.s OF TASMANIA^ MOLLUSCA, ETC.

Marginella obesula, sp. nov.
Shell very small, broadly ovate, translucent white,
with a distinct, but blunt spire of two whorls. Aperture
narrow above, but widening rapidly towards the rounded
front. Columella convex ; the first plait, which is a
continuation of the front of the shell, is large, strong,
and curved. The next above is much smaller and rather
close to the first, above are four minute plaits, which reach
quite two-thirds up the columella. Outer lip thickened,
incurved in the middle, where it is armed with about
nine minute teeth.

Length, 2; breadth, 1.4 mill.

Types, with six others, from Frederick Henry Bay,
one other from Port Arthur. AVhilst this resembles such
relatives as M. s]ii)r(^!i(niii , Prit. and Gat., it nevertheless has
some good points of difference, and these are emphasised
by the ver}^ peculiar animal, which, showing through the
translucent shell, exhibits a bright orange colour, curiously
netted with white lines, each bordered with black, empty
shells show no traces of this peculiar ornamentation, which
must belong to the animal. In our other small species
the animal usuallv appears black or hornv.

The habitat is also peculiar. Most of the speci-
mens have been taken from roots of the giant kelp, show-
ing it to inhabit rocky bottoms.

PI. XIV., fig. 5.

Marginella rixgens, sp. nov.

Shell very simall, broadly pyriform, pure white, semi-
transparent, with an exsert, but very small spire of two
whorls, which has a tilt towards the right. Aperture
broad, esjiecially towards the rounded front. Outer lip
solid, shouldered, and much curved above, but straight on
its inner side, where it bears about six small denticles rather
irregular in size and spacing. Columella convex, but rather
straight in its middle part, and carries about six plaits,
of Avhich the first i?i a long, u]>ward 5weep from the base;
the next two are well developed, those above being much
smaller.

Length, L8 ; breadth, 1.2.

Type from Kelso, Taniar Heads, collected by the late
Aug. Simson ; another exactly similar from the Petterd col-
lection, probably from the same locality ; and eight others
from 40 fathoms off Thouin Bay, which differ slightly in
having more minute denticles on the lip, but are other-
wise the same.

1!V W. L. MAY. 59

This is very close to M . nvrio^i , Crosse, of which it mav
be a variant. It is more broadly shouldered, with a larger
aperture, and has the toothed outer lip.

PI. XIV., fig. 6.

Margixei.la multidextata, ip. nov.

Shell small, white, bx'oadly-ovate, spire hidden, aper-
ture rather wide. Columella convex, bearing about nine
main plications, of which the anterior three are the
sti'ongest; there are several small subsidiary teeth between
the upper ones. Outer lip ri^es above the summit; is
strongly thickened and armed inside with about ten minute
denticles.

Length, 1.5; breadth, 1.2 mill.

Tyjoe, with three others from about ten fathoms, be-
tween Gordon and South Bruuy, P Entrecasteaux
Channel.

This species is nearest related to M. tliniiincitsi'i, I\Iay ;
it differs in being shorter and broader, having a wider
aperture, stronger dentition, and the crcnated outer lip.
The small intercalated teeth have not been noticed in any
other Ta?manian Marginella.

PI. XIV., fig. 7.

Margixella ixcehta, sp. nov.

Shell minute, smooth, white, opaque, ovate; spire
small but distinct, of two whorls. Aperture narrow above,
almost linear for half its length, then widening to the
rounded front. Outer lip moderatelv thickened, slightly
cui-ved, smooth within. Columella convexly rounded, with
two distinct plaits, rather near together, of which the
anterior is the sti'onger.

Length, 2; breadth, l.G mm.

Type, with five others, from about 40 fathoms off
Thoiiin Bay. This species closely resembles J/, frinr'nut'i ,
May, in size and shape; it has more spire, is broader, with
a more curved columella, and onlv two i>laits.

PI. XIV., fig. s.

Iredale in Trans. N.Z. Inst, for 1914, p. 457, pro-
posed a new genus Esteu for a Rissoid group, and men-
tions Rixxoa rolumunria, Hedley and ^lay, as a good repre-
sentative. We have a large number of specie;, which seem
to fall naturallv into Iredale's genus. There are some
seventeen Tasmanian named species, and others not yet

60 NKW SPECIES OF TASMANIA^ MOLLUSCA, KTC.

described, that I can so place, only two or three of wliich
are somewhat abberante. Amongst thean is a little sub-
group of four species, closely allied to each other, upon
which I now offer some observations, describing one as
new.

EsTEA TUMiDA, Tenison Woods.

Described in these proceedings for 1875, p. 147, as;
Diala tutnuhi, a figure was given by Tate and May for
this species, PI. xxvi., fig. 67, which, however, is not cor-
rect, but represents a nearly related species, which I am
dealing with later.

A careful examination of the types (two speci-
mens) preserved in the Hobart Musieum, and which are
very bleached, show it to be a good species, and of which
I have taken a fair number of specimens, always from the
roots of the giant kelp ; fresh shells are of a pinkish tinge,
and have a narrow chestnut band below the suture, and
two on the boclv whorl, one at the periphery, and the
other on the base. The?ie bands are characteristic.

The ribs are also bi-oad, strong, and oblique. I pre-
sent a figure from a specimen compared with the type.

PI. XV., fig. 9.

EsTEA OLiVACEA, Duuker (7?/.vsur/).

Kixx'ia (l/f'nipjiensis, Petterd, is an absolute synonym,
as Tate and May correctly determined, the type being pre-
served in the Hobart Museum. This species differs from
E. tumid (I in it^ more squat shape, and more numerous
ribs, which are narrower and straight ; they also form a
nodular bead below the suture. It is common at Tamar
Heads, but seems absent from the South, where its place
is taken by the next species.

PI. XV., fig. 10.

EsTEA KERSHAWi, Tenisou Woods {Bixxoiiut).
Rixxoinri l-crsliaini, Tenison Woods, P.R.S. Vict., 1877,
p. 57. This was united with E . tnmida, by Tate and May,
but examination of the typos in Melbourne Museum shows
it to be a distinct, but closely related species. It has three
adult whorls, instead of four, the ribs are straighter, and
much more numerous, and the month is not so round, and
it lacks the colour bands; the usual colour is yellowish-
brown, with a pale band below the suture. It is found in
the Derwent Estuary and D'Entrecasteaux Channel, and is
common at Tamar Heads, with E. oUvacea, which it closely

BY AV. L. MAY. (il

resemble?, but may be distinguished by its mere cylindrical
form, more numcious ribs, and the absence of the sutural
bead.

PI. XY., fig. 11.

ESTK.V MICROCOSTA, sp. noV.

Shell small, rather piipoid, solid, pinkish, the apical
Avhorls are the darkest, the last half of the body whorl
nearly white. Whorls five, rounded. The first two form
a smooth proto-conch ; the three adult whorls are regularly
axially ribbed, with very fine sharp ribs, which are some-
what oblique, and become evanescent on the base. Aper-
ture almo.st round, lip expanded all round.

Length, 2.5; breadth, 1.2 mill.

Type, with a number of others, from 100 fathoms
seven miles East of Cape Pillar. This is closely related to
J-J . krrshairi. It differs principally in the much more
numerous and finer ribs, and rounder mouth, and its rather
more cylindrical form. E. t(i<infinirti, Tenison Woods
(Eiilii)i(i), is much larger, more jiyramidal, with excavate
sutures.

PI. XV., fig. 12.

ESTEA PERPOLITA, Sp. UOV.

Shell small, white, highly polished, elongate, blunt,
the apex b3ing much flattened. Whcrls four and a half,
rounded, especially the penultimate; suture well im-
preis&d ; mouth roundly ovate, lip a good deal expanded.

Length, 1.8; breadth, 1 mill.

Type, with 12 others, from 50 fathoms ofT Thouin Bay,
and three from 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar.

A species principally distinguislied by its rounded
whcrls, flattened summit, and hieh j^olish, and differs from
its near relative E. nihini inla , Tate and INIav, in being
shorter and blunter.

PI. XV., fig. i;j.

ESTEA LABROTOMA, pp. nov.

Shell minute, conical, solid, yellcwish-brown, smooth,
shining. Whorls four, rounded, suture well imjne-sed, the
body whcrl being rather restricted below the sutur?.
Aperture roundly ovate, oblique, surrounded by a very
broad expanded li)), which has a curious deep indentation
where it joins the body whorl. This remarkable featui'e
is diagnostic.

Length, 1.4 ; breadth, .7 mill.

Type, with 14 others from Frederick Ilenry Bay,
taken from roots of the giant kelp.

PI. XV., fi^. 14.

G2 NEW SPECIES OF TASMANIAN MOLLUSOA, ETC.

Merelina sculptilts, sp. nov.

Shell solid, broadly ovate, cream coloured, imper-
fcrate ; whorig five, rounded, the first two forming a smooth
proto-conch. Suture well defined by a deep channel. The
adult whorls are crossed by radials, which are strong, and
predominate on the two upper whorls, but grew finer and
much more numerous on the body whorl. These are crossed
by spirals, which from being at first inferior, become on
the body much the stronger. The body whorl carrie-s
about thirteen spirals, of which the upper three are large,
rounded, and noduled by the axials. The lower snirals
are narrow, and scarcely affected by the ribs, which fade
at the periphery. Seven spirals cross the ribs on the
middle whorl, of which the one above the lower suture,
and the two below the upper suture are the stronger, the
latter forming rows of nodules ; the third whorl isi similar.
Aperture ovately-pyriform, the columella, which is) not
continuous, is rather expanded anteriorly; outer lip thin,
dentated by the sculpture.

Length, 3 ; breadth, 1.5 mill.

Type, with three others, from 50 fathoais off Thouin
Bay.

From its nearest relative F. fih,cincta, Hedley, it may
be distinguished by its flatter whorls, much more numerous
axials, the strong beaded spirals on the shoulder, the
channelled sutures, the discontinuous peristome, and the
sharp outer lip.

PI. XV., fig. 15.

HaupvAkta supra COSTA ta, sp. nov.

Shell small, rather elongate, yellowish white, semi-
transparent ; whorls four, rounded, suture deeply im-
pressed. The apical whorl is small, dome shaped, and
smooth ; the next is tabular and finely spirally groO'ved ;
the last two axially ribbed with strong oblique ribs, which
bend towards the left at the suture. There are about six
on a half-turn of the whorls; they fade away below the
periphery, and are crossed by fine distant lirge, which are
scarcely raised, and show as white opaque lines on the
translucent shell. Aperture roundly pyriform, lip ex-
panded and continuous, projecting beyond the whorl
posteriorly.

Length, 1.7; breadth, .8 mill.

Type, Frederick Henry Bay, taken from a root of the
giant kelp. Three others from 40 fathoms oft Thouin Bay ;

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas , 1919.

Plate XVI.

BY \V. L. MAY. (,:i

a very distinct little species. I place this in H ninnlHi
with some diffidence, but it seems to come closer to such
species as //. .^raiigri than any other forms.

PI. XV.. fig. 16.

AjII'lllTH.VL.VMUS LUTEOFUSCUS, Sp. nOV.

Shell minute, turbinate, smooth, lustrous red-brown,
with the first half of the body whorl and mouth, yellow,
also a light band below the suture. Whorls four, much
rounded, body whorl large in jDroportion. Aperture :
The actual opening is small, oval, and set very obliquely
to the spire; it is surrounded by a raised edge or keel. Tho
peristome, which is continuous, is broadly pyriform. ex-
panded and planulate, recessed towards the aperture ; it
IS projected somewhat from the base of the shell, which
is sub-umbilicate. The operculum is thin, semi-trans-
parent, and appears to bo subspiral.

Length, 1 ; Ineadlh, .6 mill. .

Habitat. Type, with several others, from Kelso, near
Tamar Heads, collected by Augustus Simson.

This minute shell is in size and general appearance
similar to A. Jorlsonl, Brazier, but differs sufficiently in
the detail? of the mouth, and also in the coloration; it is
in some respects still more like A. (ifinjnir/titrfa. That,
however, is a much more ventricose and massive shell,
which does not seem to have been heretofore recognised
as a member of this genus, although it is extremely
characteri.-tic, and closely allied to A. jdckatmi.

PI. XVI., fig. 17.

NOTOSETIA PURPURE0.STOMA, Sp. UOV.

Shell minute, bluntly turbinate, smooth, polished,
pale I'ose colour, lip rose-purple. Whorls three, much
rounded, suture impressed. Aperture, roundly oval, lip
continuous, with a thickened edge, and reflexed on the
columella side.

Length, 1 ; l)readth, .8 mill.

Type, with a dozen others, fi-om Penguin, in shell
sand. It has a superficial resemblance to Anijihifhaldmii'^
(ifropnr/titreo. Frauenenfelt, from which the latters typical
aperture at once separates it.
PI. XVI., fig. 18.

Rissopsis BREVis, .?p. nov.

Shell very small, cylindrical, blunt, smooth, puro
white, pellucid. Whorls, four and a half, rather rounded,

64 NEW SPECIES OF TASMANIAN MOLLUSCA, ETC.

suture impressed, apical whorls much flattened. Aperture
pyriform ; outer lip thin and sharj>, somewhat expanded
anteriorly.

Length, 2; breadth, .8 mill.

Type, with two others, from 40 fathoms off Thouin
Bay, one other from off Arch Island, D'Entrecasteaux
Channel.

I place this with Fisxop.v's, as it seems congeneric with
the species assigned to that genus by Professor Tate, a
location which I think requires confirmation.

PI. XVI., fig. 19.

LiPPISTES CONSOBRINA, Sp. nov.

Shell small, whitish, smooth, pyramidal, timbilicate.
Whorls four or five, including a smooth proto-conch of
about two turns. The adult whorls are encircled bv rwo
strong keels, the upper of which is the larger, and is a
little above the centre of the whorl. These keels are
separated by a furrow of about their own width. There
are two additional keels on the base, the anterior of which
encircles the umbilicus, which is deep, but rather narrow,
and separated from the aperture by a strong columella
pillar. Aperture rounded, outer lip strongly dentated by
the keels.

Length, 3; bi'eadth, 1.5 mill.

Type, with three others, from 40 iathoms three miles
East of Schouten Island.

In these proceedings for 1910, p. 309, I recorded this
species as L. gracilenfa, Brazier. I have since had an op-
portunity of examining Brazier's type, which shows that
the two forms are specifically distinct, (irarUcnta being
much larger and more attenuate in the spire. Our shell
comes between this and L. zofTxiru^, Hedley, which is
similarly sculptured, but is only half the length, and has a
different apex.

PL XVI., fig. 20.

CePvITHIOPSIS APICICOSTA, sp. 110V.

Shell small, elongate, or narrowly pyramidal, whitish.
Whorls eleven, inchuding a three-whorled proto-conch,
which is strongly axially ribbed. Adult whorls moderately
rounded, sutui'e well impressed ; sculpture, three nodulous
keels of about equal size and distance encircle the whorls.
They are separated by a deep groove, across which the
nodules are connected by low axial ridges. There isi a

BY W. L. MAY. 65

smooth keel on the base, which is otherwise plain. Aper-
ture subquadrate? (rather broken), with a short anterior
canal. Outer lip dentated by the sculpture.
Length, 7; breadth, l.G mill.

Type, from 100 fathoms seven milts East of Cape
Pillar. Several others, mostly juvenile, from about 40
fathoms off Thouin Bay. This species is rather nearly
related to ('. trixcu/pto, May, which was described from a
half-grown shell. It is narrower, with weaker sculpture
and a different, though somewhat related proto-conch,
which seems to separate it from all other species.

PI. XVI., figs. 21, 21a.

Cerithiopsis mamilla, sp. nov.

Shell small, pale brown, pyramidal. Whorls nine and
a half, rounded, including a .«imooth, bulbous proto-conch
of about two whorls. Adult sculpture consists of three
main keels, which are more or less nodulous, the central
one being rather the largest. They are separated by
equal sized, smooth spaces. There is a small smooth
keel below the others, which shows verv distinctlv on the
base, which is smooth. Aperture subquadrate, inner lip
very concave, outer lip dentated by the keels. There is
H short anterior canal. The keels on the upper whorls
are almost or quite smooth. As growth proceeds they
become faintlv, irregularly nodulous. On the three last
whorls the nodules are more distinct.

Length, 5; breadth, 1.4 mill.

Type, with ten others, from about 40 fathoms off
Thouin Bay, East Coast.

Whilst the shape of the shell is fairly constant, and
the pullus alwavs the same, co-types show considerable
variation in the sculpture; whilst most are similar to the
type, they may be almost destitute of nodules, or there
may be three strongly nodulous keels on all the adult
whorls.

PI. XVI., fig. 22.

Orbitestella iredalei, sp. nov.
Shell minute, discoidal, smooth, white, spire flat.
Whorls about three and a half, square in section,
bicarinate, the upper carina at the angle being the largest,
and forming a spiral keel on the flat summit to the apex.
The flattened part of the whorl between the angle and
the suture is roundly elevated; base margined bv the
lower keel, otherwise smooth except for lines of growth,
which are in evidence over the whole shell, broadly, per-
E

66 NEW SPECIES OF TASMANIAN MOLLUSC.A, ETC.

spectively umbilicate to the apex. Aperture roughly
quadrangular, wider than the height of the shell; at the
outer edge bidentated by the keels.

Diameter, 1 ; height, about .4 mill.

Type, with a few others, from Frederick Henry Bay,
taken from the roots of the giant kelp.

This minute shell has a considerable resemblance to
Cychjutretiia hasfow/, Gatliff, the type of Orhite>ifel!a, and I
consider it congeneric; probably C. mayii, Tate, should
also be included in this genus.

Note. — The specimen from which the drawings were
made was accidentally destroyed.

PI. XVI., figs. 23, 23a, 23b.

Patelloida corrodenda, sp. nov.

Shell roundly cval, rather depressed, apex one-third
from the anterior end, exterior furnished (in tlie type),
with 20 radiating", smooth ribs, irregularly spaced, which
extend from the summit to the margin, and several shorter
ones, intercalated near the margin. The ribs are but
slightly raised, dull white, the wider interspaces being
black, apex eroded. Interior margin black, bearing white
triangular spots opposite the ribs, with their sharper
])oinfc3 towards the edge. Behind these is a narrow
pui'plish ring, then bluish, with a brownish-white centre.

Length, 14; breadth, 11; height, 5 mill.

Type, from the western shore of Frederick Henry

While fairly constant in shape, it varies much in
the number of ribs, sometimes being nearly twice as
numerous as given above. The shell is often so much
corroded that the sculpture only remains on the marginal
third. The species is common at a spot near my home
living on large diabase boulders, at about half-tide. 1
have not yet noticed it elsewhere ; it long escaped notice,
as it is asisociated with Siphonarin (liemenenais of about
the same size and general appearance. As thev are ex-
posed to the air for several hours at every tide, they suffer
extremely from erosion, even quite small ones being badly
affected. It resembles P. fhimmea, Quoy and Gaim, in
general shape. That species is destitute of ribs, but has
fine axial strias, and a different interior coloration, and
lives near low water mark.

PI. XVII., figs. 24, 24a..

I$Y W. L. MAY. 67

COCCULINELLA TASMANICA, Sp. IIOV.

Shell small, white, thin, smooth, narrowly oval,
pyramidal, apex subcentral, margin much raised at each
end. There is no sculpture, except faint growth lines.

Length, 5: breadth, 2.G ; height, 2 mill.

Tvpe, with a number of others, from forty to seventy
fathoms along the East Coast.

This species is a near ally of C. comprexm, Suter,
from New Zealand, and C. oercitd, Hcdley, from New^
South Wales. It is neaicr the former, which is rather
narrower, higher, and has line radial sculpture. The latter
is nai'rower, flatter, and has an almost flat base. Prob-
ably they are local forms of one variable species, in which
perhaps some peculiarity in their place of attachment has
determined the form of the base ; straight in one case,
much cui'ved in the othei-s.

All the specimens taken have been "dead" shells, but
there a,re indications that in life they would be glassy and
semi-transparent.

PI. XVII., flg. 25.

EuLiM.A. APiiELES, Tenison Woods.

Described in these proceedings for 1878, p. 40.

The tvpe was missing for many years, but was lately
discovered, having been mislaid in the Tasmanian
Museum. I here present a figure from the type, which is
i^o marked by the author. I consider it to be an absolute
synonym of E it lima aiti/ur, Angas.

PI. XVII., fig. 26.

EuLiMA MARGiNATA, Tenisou Woods.

Described with the last and also recovered with it, and
marked as tvpe by the author. This specimen I have also
figured. It is given by Tate and Mav, P.L. Soc, New
South Wales, for 1901, p. 381, as a prior name for
Sfi/lifer hxhlercr. Petterd. This identification was in-
correct. It is a true Eu/inui, and I believe it to be only a
s-hort, stumny form of the variable E. aufjur, Angas.

PL XVII., fig. 27.

CoMiNELLA LiNEOLATA, Lamarck.

This is a verv common mollusc on most parts of our
toast, and varies much in size, form, and colom*. On the

68 NEW SPECIES OF TASMANlAN MOLLUSCA, ETC.

western side of Frederick Henry Bay, in a rather exposed
situation, a short, thick-set banded form is plentiful. On
December loth of last year, I noticed they v/ere spawning
under fairly large stones. The egg capsules formed dense
masses, closely clustered together. The method adopted is
for single capsules to be firmly attached at some di.stance
apart ; then three or four others are fastened to the upper
edges of these, giving the combination somewhat the ap-
pearance of the growth of the prickly pear. The colo'ur is:
ivory-white, the stalks whiter. I present drawings, which
will give a better idea of the form than much descrip-
tion. The height of the single specimen is about 9 mm.,
that of the cluster about 15 mm.

PI. XVII., figs. 28, 28a.

I can also' add to our list tlie following seven snecies
and one variety already described by various authors.

1. Area metella, Hedley, P.L. Soc. N.S. Wales, 1917, p.

681, PI. li., f. 36-37. About a dozen single valves
taken in 100 fathoms off Cape Pillar, and a few
from other places on our East and South Coasts,
from 10 fathoms downwards.

2. Pseudarcopar/ia bofaniea, Hedley, Roy. S. N.S. Wales,

1918, Supp. p. 27. This species seems confined to
our Eastern and Southern Coasts, where it takes
the place O'f P. virtorice, Gatliff and Gabriel, which
is found in Basg Straits, and perhaps does not occur
South East of the Furneaux Group, where I found
it in profusion.

3. ZalajJais lissa, Suter, Crjdostrema, P. Mall. Soc, viii.,

p. 25, pi. ii., f. 10-11. A number of examples
taken in Frederick Henry Bay from kelp roots.

4. Triphora mamiUata, Verco ; T. alhovittota , Hedley, var.

mamillata, Verco, T.R.. Soc. S.A., 1909, p. 285. I
recorded this in these proceedings for 1910, p. 309,
as alhovittata, but our shells are Verco's variety,
which I consider is quite sufficiently distinct to be
given specific rank. It has also been taken in 40
fathoms off Thouin Bay.

5. TxirriteUa atkinsoni, Tate and May, var. w edioangulata ,

Verco, op. cit., 1910, p. 125, pi. xxx., fs. 8-9.
Several from 50 fathoms Nox'th of Maria Island.

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1919.

28A

J{Y W. L. MAY. 09

6. tJstea janjucensifi, GatliflF and Gabriel, Bhxoa, P.R. Soc.

Vic, 1913, p. 67, pi. vili., f. 2. Three specimens
from Penguin, North Coast, identified by Mr.
Gabriel.

7. DidJa iranshirida, Hedlt^v, P.L.S. N.S. Wales, xxx.,

1906, p. 522, pi. xxxiii., f. 35. Tate and May, op.
cit., 1901, p. 388, retord this in error as D. j)icfa,
A. Adams. A few examples have been taken iu
DEntrecasteaux Channel, in about 10 fathoms.

8. Segment ina victorixr. Smith, P.L.S., 1881, ]).

296, pi. vii., f. 2. A number of specimens in my
possession were collected many years ago by Mr. E.
P. Harrisson in Lake Tiberias, and are exactly the
same as Victorian shells. This makes an interest-
ing addition to our fresh water fauna.

70

A RE-EXAMINATION OE PROFESSOR HASWELL'S
TYPES OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA.

By Professor T. Thomson Flynn, B.Sc,
Ralston Professor of Biology, University of Tasmania.

Plates XVIII. -XXII., figs. 1-26.
(Received 8th July, 1919. Read lltli August, 1919.)

Diagnostic methods in the case of the interesting group
of Pycnogonida have so far altered in the last thirty
vears, that it needs no apology on my part for attempting
a revision of the descriptions of Australian Pycnogonida
published by Professor Haswell in the early eighties.
This revision has been made possible by the courtesy of the
trustees and curator of the Australian Museum, who placed
the holotvpes at my disposal, and to whom I tender my
best thanks. I have also to thank Professor S. J. Johnston
of Sydney for the loan of other specimens collected for the
use of his department.

In the following description the specimens from the
Australian Mviseum are indicated by the collection
number.

It is necessarv to state that the holotypes have been
j^reserved as microscope slides, and while this is a con-
venient method of preservation it has its disadvantages
in the case of subsequent examinations. It is some-
times impossible, for example, to make out with any de-
gree of certaintv the arrangement and structure of the
spines of the ovigers or even of its joints when, as is
often the case, it is tucked under the body of the Pycno-
gonid on a microscope slide. Further, while every care
has been taken with the measurements it must be I'emem-
bered that the flattening of the specimen necessary in
preparing a miscrdscopic slide, alters very definitely the
relation of breadth to length.

Many of the works cited in the following pages are
not procurable in Tasmania, and in these cases I have to
depend on notes made when on a visit to Sydney.

p. & P Roy. Soc. Tas.. 1919.

Plate XVIII.

T T. F del.

Rhopalorh.nchus tenuissimus. figs 1-3
«Nsmphon aequidig latum, figs 4-5

BV riiOFESSOK T. THOMSON Fl-YNX, B SC. 71

Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimus, Haswell.

(PI. XVIII., figs. 1-3.)

1884, Colo^xendei-i touiis.sima, Haswell, 1884, p. 1029, pi.

56, figs. 5-8.
1893, Rhopalorhynchus: rfarip/r^, Carpenter, 1893, p. 24,
pi. II., figs. 1-10.

1908, JiliopcHorliynchus tenuissimus, Lonian, 1908, p. 24.

1909, Rhopalorhynchus tenuissimus, Thompson, 1909, p.
533.

Specimen. — Australian Museum Collection, G519o,
holotype, male. Port Denison, Queensland.

Description. — It is only necessary to supplement
in a small degree Prof. Haswell's account of this species.

Vepha/on is short and narrow, not expanded in front.
Segmentation is distinct.

Ocular tubercle is situatevl on the posterior portion of
the cephalon. It is cylindrical with a small rounded cone
at tlie apex.

Abdomen is present, but as usual in this genus is cjuite
minute.

Palps are ten jointed. The first joint is short and
thick and expanded at the extremity; the second is very
small ; the third joint is very long and slender ; the re-
maining joints are as described bv Haswell.

Ovif/ers. — Tlie character of the q)ines of vhe last
few joints cannot be determined with accuracv as the
joints had not been cleaned before the specimen had been
mounted originally. The spines, however, seem to be long
and sharp and arranged in several rows.
Mea-^uriDiiiifs : —

mm.

Proboscis, length 4.41

maximum diameter 1.05

Trunk, length 5.28

width behind first crui'igers 29

,, ,, second ,, 32

width across ,, ,, 1.58

Palj), first joint 12

second 07

third 2.92

fourth 19

fifth .-.. 1.53

sixth 31

seventh,, ... 38

eighth 42

ninth 40

tenth 38

72 A BK-EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

mm.

Leg, second coxa 48

third ,, 33

femur 5.76

first tibia ...' 5.47

second ,, 4.94

licmarlfi. — The holotype was taken in Port Denison,
Queensland (depth not given).

There is no doubt in my mind that li. clavipes (Car-
penter) must be regarded as a synonym of R. te.iiuissiinv:t
(Ha.^w). The lengths and proportions of the joints of the
trunk, palps, and legs agree perfectly in tne two species.
The proportion of the length of the proboscis to the trunk
is 1:1.2 in 7?. tenuis.'tinius. In E. clavi/tes it is 1:1.1.
The somewhat different shape of the proboscis in E. temii-^-
simus is no doubt due to the distortion caused by the
specimen being mounted as a microscope slide.

It is possible that the cheliform arrangement of the
terminal portion of the oviger may be confined to the male.
Further, both species come from the Australian region
of the Tropics.

Nymphon .lEQUiniGiTATUM, Haswell.

(PI. XVIII., figs. 4-5; pi. XIX., fig. 6.)

1884, Xi/iiijiho?) (r(jin'fht/ifaftt?n, Haswell, 1884, p. 1022,

plate 56, figs. 1-5.

1889, Nyniplion aquidiyilatum, Whitelegge, 1889, p. 233.

1908, Nymphun crcptidigitatum, Loman, 1908, p. 38.

Specimens : — Australian Museum Collection, No.
G5196, holotype, $, Pt. Jackson; Australian Museum
Collection, No. G5198, paratype, ^ ; Australian Museum
Collection, No. G5197, paratype, 9 , Broughton Island.

In addition, several spirit specimens from Port Jack-
son and from Shark Island, Port Jackson, contained in the
Australian Museum collection and that of the Zoological
laboratory of the University of S3'dney.

In view of the fact that this genus is an extraordin-
arily large one, comprising very many species distinguished
from one another by relatively insignificant characters, I
have thought it desirable to re-describe naswell's s^pecies
in some detail.

Desrrljifion : — Body. — Fairly broad and stout, suture
lines distinct, rruriger.s well separated, each a little longer
than broad — cephalic aeciment large, its length being

p. & P Roy. Soc. Tas.. 1919

T. T. F del.

N/mphon ee:)uidigitatum, tig. 6
Pallene (?) valida, figs. 7-8
Pseudopallene pachycheira, tig 9

BY PROFESSOR T. THOMSON FLYNN, B.SC. 73

greater than that of the other segments together.
(Jtphahm is much expanded in front, neck fairly narrow-
but not particularly long.

Proboscis large and stout, expanded in mid-region and
tapering towards each end, the whole organ somewhat
pear-shaped with smaller end forward.

Chelifori well developed, scape uni-articulatc, expand-
ed distally, about same length as proboscis, hand power-
fully developed with fingers shorter than the palm,
fingers crossing at the apex and possessing a large number
of fine teeth.

Palps five-jointed, first joint very small, second joint
longest equalling the third and fourth taken together,
fourth less than half the third, fifth joint long but a little
shorter than the second, fourth and fifth joints finely
setiferous, occasional spines on other joints specially
towards end of third.

(tviytrs. — Ten-jointed with ttiniinal claw, situated on
slight ventral outgrowth in front of lii-st pair of legs. Th«
proximal joints increase in length from the first, which
is small, to the fifth, which is the largest joint of the
limb; fourth joint is rather swollen and expanded distally;
the fifth joint is long and narrow bearing distallv a fringe
of long delicate hairs, as does also the sixth. This joint
is about one third the length cf the fifth. The seventh,
eighth, ninth and tenth joints are about equal in length,
all gently curved and bearing pinnate spines. These
spines vaiy in shape. In the ovigerous male thev are
arranged in a single row on each joint. The middle
spines of each row are long and stiletto-like, finely t(X)tiie<l
on each cdg.*, while at either end of row they may become
worn to a rounded apex. On the terminal joint, the
spines become particularly worn. The terminal spine is
long, simple and hook-shaped.

Ocular tuhcrch' low and rounded, visual elements large
and of equal size.

Abdotiien cylindrical, slightly tapering posteriorly,
and projecting upwards.

LctjR. — The proportions of the joints vary somewhat
from those given in the original descriptions. The length
of the first and second coxae are as stated by Haswell ;
the third coxa is a short joint less than half the length of
the second ; femur over six times the length of the third coxa
and a iittle shorter than the first tibia, femur swollen (es-
pecially so in the female) and slightly curved; first tibia is
as usual long and narrow ; second tibia extremely long, being
equal in length to the femur and first tibia together;

74 A RK-EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PVCNOliONlDA,

tarsus is short; propodus somewhat longer; terminal claw
stout and curved ; auxiliary claws slenderer but about
equal in length to the main claw. Minute spines occur
scattered over the legs. These are sparse on all joints
up to the second tibia but are plentiful on the tarsus and
propodus. Distal fringes occur on all joints but the last
three. A well-marked lateral line is present on each leg.

Sexual apertures. — These are easily seen in the female
in which they are large and oval and present on all four
legs. In spite of the examination of a number of speci-
mens I have not been able to see them in the male.

Measiircinents ; —

Holotvpe

Paratvpe Paratype

6^

c^' 9

Proboscis —

mm.

mm.

length

1.7

1.82

greatest

diameter ..

1.1

I.IG

Trunk, length...

2.4

2.8G

Oephalon — •

length

1.5

1.58

greatest

width

1.04

1.10

Neck, width ...

.24

.3

Trunk-

width be-

tween 1st

and 2nd

pair of

crurigers . . .

.70

.76

width across

2nd pair of

cnirigers ...

1.50

1.60

Abdomen —

length

.32

.40

Third leg-

first coxa

.48

.52

second coxa. . .

1.56

. 1.66

third coxa . . .

.GO

.68

femur

3.90

4.08

first tibia

4.12

4.50

second tibia...

6.86

8.64

tarsus

.52

.54

propodus

.94

.96

claw

.20

.20

auxiliarv claw

.20

.20

R.

L.

R.

L.

R.

L.

.84

.92

1.06

1.04

1.30

.54

.60

.70

.74

.90

.90

.24

.28

.30

.30

.35

.35

.70

.70

.76

.62

.94

.90

BV I'ltOFKSSOU T. THOMSON FLYNN, B.SC.

Palp-
second joint,
third ,, ..
fourth , , . .
fifth ,, ..

Remarks. — Judging by its relative abundance in the
collection of the Australian Museum, and of the Zoological
Department of the University of Sydney, this must be
the most common pycnogonid found in Port Jackson.

Affinitlfi^. — I. find on consulting my notes that Loman
(1908, p. 38) suggests that this species is closely allied to
N. giraffa from the Strait of Macassar and possibly also
to the insutliciently described -A'. Innr/icept: (Grube, 1869)
from the China Sea.

Palle.ne (?) v.\LiD.\, Haswell.
(Plate XIX., figs. 7-8.)

1884, Xywphon valid urn, Haswell, 1884, p. 1024, pi. 54,

figs.' 6-9.
1908, Parapallene ralida, Loman. 1908, p. 48.

Specimens. — Australian ^Tuseum Collection, G5199,
marked "type, Port Stephens"; Australian Museum Col-
lection, G5200, marked "Type 5, Port Stephens." The*ie
are two microscope slides. The former of the specimens
is a male, the latter, in spite of its being marked female,
is also a male.

Dear r i i>t inn. — Bodii is fairly robust with all segments
distinctly separated. Tlie rrnriffem are separated from
one another by less than their own diameter.

Cepholon is expanded with a prominent anterior mar-
gin projecting over the proboscis. Above the ba.se of each
chelophore on the cephalon is a prominent tubercle with
two spines. The neck is well developed and short but
fairly wide.

Onthir Itdtfrrle is situated just behind the neck, im-
mediately anterior to the level of the first pair of crurigers.
Tliere are four w^ell developed eves. Tlie shane of the
ocular tubercle is not determinable with accuracy, but it
apipears to be low and rounded.

Ahdnmen is short and rounded.

Frohoscis is short and cylindrical diiected obliquely
downwards. It is somewhat consti'icted in the middle,
obtusely conical in front with a wreath of very delicate
bristles round the mouth. The proboscis is inserted into

76 A RE-EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

the ventral side of the cephalon some distance behind it»
anterior margin.

Chelophores have a simple scape with ovoid palm and
short stumpy fingers. The hand is turned inwards in front
of the moiith. The fingers are provided with many small
teeth. The scape and palm possess a number of short hairs.

Palps are four-jointed. They are much shorter than
the chelophores, but extend well beyond the proboscis.
The basal joint is short and thick, the next joint longer,
the third joint longest. The fourth joint is shorter than
the third but longer than the second. There are scat-
tered hairs on all the joints, but on the last there is a
well marked ventral fringe of setae.

Ovir/erfi. — ^These are ten-jointed and do not possess a
terminal claw. Haswell's description is accurate except
in relation to the length of the sixth joint, which is longer
than any of the other distal joints.

Legs. — There is nothing to add to Haswell's descrip-
tion of these.

Cement glands are small and numerous.
Male genital apertures occur on all limbs.
Measurements, holotype, male, G5199.

mm.

Proboscis, length 81

greatest diameter 58

Trunk, length 2.71

width behind first crurigers 64

,, ,, second ,, 53

width across , , , , ...... 1.74

Cephalon, length 1.19

width 91

Neck, width 38

Abdomen, length 31

Palp, first joint 18

second ,, ^0

third ,, 30

fourth ,, 20

Third leg, first coxa 47

.second , , 94

third , 63

femui' 2.40

first tibia 2.80

second ., 2.40

tarsus and propodus 1.29

claw 60

auxiliary claw 20

BY PROFESSOR T. THOMSON FLYNX, B.SC. (7

Remark<. — The specimens were obtained by dredging
in Port Stephens, Now South Wales, but the depth is
not given.

I have provisionally placed this specimen in the genus
Valhne. It does not agree with Hodgson "s definition of
this genus (1910 page 225) and just as little with that
given by Schimkewitsch (1909, pp. 8-9). The presence of
the four-jointed palp in the male is a feature in which the
piesent species resembles FdUtue fhniorplin , Hoek, with
which it also agrees in the following points — the independ-
ence of the posterior trunk segments, the forms of the
spines on the ovigers, the finely-toothed chelophores. and
the possession of auxiliarv claws. Pnlhne dimnr]>ha,
however, possesses a terminal claw on the oviger, which is
absent in /''. rrilida (see Lonuin, 1908, page 40).

The presence of the palps, in mv opinion, would not
allow of this species being included in the genus Para-
[lalhne as proposed by Loman.

If, as Thompson suggests (1909, p. 538) a new genus
sliould be created, founded upon Hoek s description of
Pallfiie dimorplui , then it is worthy of consideration that
the new genus should be so defined as to include the
species under discussion.

PSEUDOPALLENE PACHYCHEIRA, Haswell.

(PI. XIX., fig. 9; pi. XX., figs. 10-11.)

1884, Pallene pachycheira, Haswell, 1884, p. 1030, pi. 57,
figs. 6-9.

1908, Parapalletie poclii/c/ieira, Loman, 1908, p. 47.

Specimen. — Australian Museum Collection, G5194,
holotypo ^ , Port Jackson.

Dexrriptinn. — Bnr])/ is robust, smooth, with segments
distinct.

(!ruri(/ers are separated by small interspaces.

Cephalon is expanded, strongly cleft in front.

Neck is short and wide.

Ocular tuherch is low and rounded, placed on posterior
])ortion of neck.

Prohoxci^ is insei-tcd vcntrally into the cephalon, direct-
ed obliquely downwards, very short, cylindrical at the
base, conically pointed in front with a fringe of delicate
setae round the mouth.

Abdomen is short, tapering posteriorly.

Chelophoref: are strong and powerful. Scape is single,
palm greatly developed with fingers hanging in front of

78 A REEXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOOONIDA.

mouth. Both fingers are wide, blunt, and untoothed. but
bearing on each inner edge a single central rounded pro-
jection.

Palps are absent.

Ovigers possess ten joints and a claw. First joint is
short, second, third, and fourth are progressively longer.
Fifth joint is long cui'ved and slender, distally expanded
with a peg like process at this end, the process being
crowned with a number of short seta?. Sixth joint is short,
and the seventh, eighth, ninth, and tenth are progressively
shorter. The last four joints are provided with a few bent
compound spines arranged in a single row. The temiinal
claw is long and sharp and is ornamented with fine teeth
on the distal half of its inner edge and on the distal third
of its outer edge.

Legs. — The first and third coxae are short and sub-
equal. The second is as long as the other two together and
is distally expanded. The femur is a long joint a little
longer than the combined coxae. The first tibia is a little
shorter and expands distally. The second tibia is a little
longer than the femur. The femur, first tibia, and second
tibia are approximately divided into thirds by shallow
transverse constrictions. All these joints are minutely
spinous. The tarsus is short with a very small dorsal spine
and a bunch of closely crowded ventral spines. The pro-
j>odu3 is very stout, minutely spinous. On the sole,
proximally, there are some four or five well developed
spines. The distal half of the sole has smaller spines. The
claw is large, strong, and curved, and is equal to moi^
than two-thirds the length of the propodus.
Measurements, holotype $ , G5194.

mna.

Proboscis, length 90

diameter 56

Cephalon, length 78

greatest width 91

Neck, width • " .54

Ti-unk, length 2.06

width between first and second

crurigers 45

width across second crurigers ... 1.44

Third right leg, first coxa 45

second ,, 1.09

third ,, 44

femur ,, 2.05

first tibia 1.82

tarsus and propodus 93

claw 51

p. & P Rov Soc Tas.. 1919.

T T F del

^7

1-1

/-■

\,

Pseudopallene pachycheira, figs 10-11
Anoplodactylus tubiferus, figs. 12-14

i

y

BY FROfESSOK T. THOMSON Kf-YNN, B.SC. iV

Locality. — Port Jackson (depth not. given).

Jieituirk.'i. — The general bodily form, the shape of tJie
short proboscis witii its wreath of delicate hairs round the
mouth, and the form of the chela fingers with their bud-
like projections mark this species as belonging to the genus
PseudojKiHene, Wilson, rather than Para [ui I hue. Carpen-
ter, as suggested by Loman (1908, page 47). Haswell
states that this species is related to Pallenr /a-vis, Hoek.
As a matter of fact the two differ in a very fundamental
point since in Fdlleuf l(pvi.<, each chelophore has a two-
jointed scape, while in the ])resent species the scapo is
simple.

Anoplod.xctvlus tvbiferus, Harwell.
(PI. XX., figs. 12-14; pi. XXT., fig. 15.)

1884, PiioxirhtUdium tuhifmnii, Ha.swell, 1884, p. 1032,

pi. 57, figs. 1-5.
1889, Plioeicliilidiuni fuhlferuin, AVhitclegge, 1889, p. 233.
1908, Annplndactylus tubiferus, Loman, 1908, p. 72.
1910, Anoplodactyhis tiddferus. Cole, 1910, p. 288.

Specimens. — Aus. Mus. Collection, No. G5202, holo-
type $ , Port Jackson; Sydney University Zool. Collection,
2 Micro, slides, S > P-J- ; Sydney University Zool. Collec-
tion, 1 Micro, slide, 9 P.J.; Sydney University Zool.
Collection, 3 Spirit specimens labelled "Woollahra Point 2
or 3 fathoms."

There is very little to add to ITaswcH's description of
the holotvpe The following is to be regarded as supple-
mentaiy to the original description: —

Body narrow, rruriyfrx well separated, longer than
wide and expanded distally. Trinik is widest at anterior
end, while each succeeding segment is narrower than tlie
one immediately preceding it. In old animals segments
arc completely fused, in young ones only the hindmost two.
Two characteristic dorsal spines occur on the body at the
level of the second and third pair of crurigers.

PrnhnscU is of the ?hapc de^scribcd bv Haswell. It is
inserted into the ventral side of the cephalic segment which
is continued beyond the insertion into the long well-defined
and constricted neck characteristic of the genus Annplo-
dactylus. In front of this neck the cephalon is slightly ex-
panded. Upon this expanded portion an extraordinarily
high ocular tubercle arises. This is not mentioned by Has-
well in his description, but is shown by him in plate 57,
fig 1, lying just alongside tlie right chcliforus. The pre-

80 A RE-KXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

sence of this long cylindrical tubercle no doubt has sug-
gested the name of the species. At the apex of this column
are four distinct eyes.

Abdomen and chelifori are as described by Haswell.

Pal2)s absent.

Ovigers absent in the female. In the male each oviger
is six-jointed, and the joints have the proportions stated
by Haswell. The third joint, however, h?s a slight con-
striction at about one-fifth the length of the joint from the
proximal end. A few simple spines occur on the last few
joints. Noteworlhv is the presence of a peculiar bent spine
on the ventral side of the penultimate joint about one-
third the distance from the jDroximal end.

Legs. — These are as described by Haswell. The only
alteration I have to suggest is that the particular spine of
the second tibia is situated on a tubercle some little dis-
tance from the distal end.

Nervous system. — The nervous system of the species is
well shown in some of the slides from the Sydney Univer-
sity Collection, and it is of interest to point out that the
arrangement of this system varies a little from that indi-
cated by Loman (1917, p. 83). He figures Ano/jlodncfylus
with but four ganglia, whereas most other pycnogonida
have five, and suggests that owing to the reduction or dis-
appearance of the ovigers and the absence of palps the an-
terior ganglion which innervates these two organs has
fused with the succeeding ganglia. In the species under
discussion, nowever, the anterior ganglion, although small,
is present, but is in contact with the next succeeding gang-
lion.

Genital openings. — Male openings occur on small
tubercles at distal end of second coxfe of the two posterior
pairs of legs. Female openings on all the pairs of legs.

Measurements, holotype, male.

mm.

Proboscis, length 1.36

greatest diameter 38

Trunk, length 1.90

width across first pair of crurigers... 1.56

,, behind ,, ,, ,, ,, 30

,, behind second ,, ,, 30

,, ,, third ,, „ 19

Abdomen, length 74

width near base 13

Neck, width 12

p. & P Roy Soc. Tas.. 1919

Plate XXI

T, T. F. del.

Anoplodactylus tubiferus, fig. 15
Ascorhynchus longico lis, figs. 16-17
Nymphopsis armatus, figs 18-20

BY PROFESSOE T. THOMSON FLYNN, B.SC. 81

mm.

Ocular tubercle, height 58

width near base 12

Third i*ight leg, first coxa 36

second ,, 66

third , 42

femur 1.28

fii-st tibia 1.24

second tibia 1.12

tarsus and propodua 66

claw 44

Rtnuirk^. — ^This pycnogonid ha>; only been recorded
from Port Jackson, where it occurs in various localities.

Affi?iiiits. — Lonian (1908, p. 72) suggests that this
.species resembles his Aiiujilodactyhts stylaps from the
Banda Sea.

ASCORHYNCHUS LONGICOLLIS, Haswell.

(PI. XXI., figs. 16-17.)

1884 Ammothni lotn/icoUis, Haswell, 1884, p. 1028, pi.

56, figs. 1-4.
1889 Ammoflica Inmiicollis, Whitelogge, 1889, p. 233.

1908 Axcorltyiichus lonfjirnllia, Loman, 1908, p. 32.

1909 Eurycyde longicollin, Thompson, 1909, p. 533.
Specimens. — Australian Museum Collection, G5195,

holotype, female, Port Jackson ; Australian Mu.seum Col-
fection, G5174. spirit specimen, probably male (ovigers
missing), Port Jackson.

Disrri/itii)ii. — liixly is long and slender with segmenta-
tion well marked. The rnnit/erx are well separated from
one another, and are much longer than broad. The third
and fourth pairs are a little closer than any of the preced-
ing pairs. The posterior pair are directed somewhat bark-
Avard. Each ciiiriger possesses a well marked dorsal tuber-
cle at the distal end.

Cephalon is very slightly expanded in front, and is
continued backwards into a long and narrow neck. - Above
the base of each chelophore is a small tubercle. A little
more than half the distance along the neck occur two
prominent lateral '"cervical processes" to which the ovijrers
are attached. Just dorsal to these is the om/ar luherr^e,
a fairly prominent rounded eminence with visual elements
poorly developed and not pigmented. Behind this the
neck is slightlv wider than in front.

Proboscis has the shape of a long oval and possesses a
short scape. It is directed downwards.
I'

82 A RE-EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

Abdomen is long and narrow and slightly expanded at
the apex.

Chelophores are as described by Haswell.

Pahps consist of ten joints, not of nine as stated by
Haswell. As Loman has suggested, the single basal joint
in the original description really consists of two joints. The
most proximal is short and thick, the next is quite small.
The remainder agree with Haswell's- description, except of
course that in numbering the joints allowance must be
made for the missing segment.

Ovigerfi are ten jointed. Unfortunately thev are miss-
ing in the case of the spirit specimen. The length of the
joints agrees with Haswells account.

Legs. — Genital openings, female, occur on the coxae of
all legs. For the rest, there is nothing to add to Haswell's
description.

Measurements, holotype, female G5195. mm.

Proboscis, length 3.08

greatest diameter 1.41

Cephalon, greatest length 2.55

anterior width 74

Neck, anterior width 35

posterior ,, 52

Trunk, length 5.23

width behind first crurigers 57

width across second crurigers 3.30

Abdomen, lemgth 1.54

Palp, first joint 33

second ,, 06

third ,, ' 1.45

fourth ., 48

fifth ,, 92

sixth ,, 28

seventh , , 44

eighth ,, 48

ninth ,, 33

tenth ,, 36

Third leg, first coxa 87

second,, 1.10

third ,, 80

femur 2.55

first tibia 3.96

second tibia 2.42

tarsus 1.18

propodus 1.10

claw 1.18

ny puoKKSsoR t. Thomson flvnn, is.sc. • 83

Rfjuarka. — This species has only been recorded fx-oni
Port Jackson (depth not stated). Although Thompson
(1909, page 533) suggests that this specimen belongs to the
genus Eurycyfh, nevertheless the slender bodv, the large
proboscis, and the simple scape of the chelophores, put it
undoubtedly in the genus Aworhynchus.

Nymphopsis gen. Ilaswell.

Genotvpe yi/in/tliojisis (irmatus — Australian ^Museum
Coll. G5201.

1884 NynvplwimK, Haswell, 1884, p. 1025.

1887 Nymphojtsis, Schimkewitsch, 1887, p. 272.

1906 Nymph, lists. Cole, 1906, p. 218.

1008 Nymphopsis, Lonian, 1908, p. 49.

1909 Nymphopsis, Thompson, 1909, p. 534.

1912 N ympJiopsis, Loman, 1912, p. 3.

1915 Nymphopsis, Loman, 1915, p. 204.

This genus was first defined by Haswell. IIis descrip
tion is as follows: —

" Fimt pair of appindayes ivfll developed, chidiforvi,
" secmid pair tirlL devflopfd, palpiform n'iih nine joint x.
'' Third pair icith seven jointii, none oj Uitm provided with
" CO II, pott nil spiufs."

In 1887 Schimkewitsch obtained another species (N.
korotntwi) referable to this genus, and by comparing the
charactei-3 of his own species with Ifaswell's description of
N. armatus, came to the conclusion that Haswell s speci-
men was immature. Schimkewitsch therefore re-defined
the genus as follows : —

" Ce yeurt' pn scnfe les niandibitles (I.) iriariicufcet!, pas
*' chcliftnmeH, les extremifes II. 10 articulieii, les exirenii/.es
" 111. 10 articuli'es, privees du crochet el des epines pliiini-
^^ formes, V article tar sale (8) des exlremites IF. - VII. est
"7ntini dipini'is basulfs et de crochets secondaires lout H Jait
" radimeuiairts (an mains chez notre ecpcce)."

Loman's (1908) definition goes much further, and in
substajice is as follows: —

" Body segments qnite coalescent, lateral processes separate
" Proboscis hirye, thick, arid moveable ; chelifori delicate, shaft
" ttco jointed, jiincers delirate, occasionally rudimentary in
" older animals. Palps nine jointed, second and fourth joints
" I'luyest, the remainder short. Ovigers of male slender, Jourth
^^ joint very long also the second and fifth, distal joints tmall,
'' terminal joint long. No toothed spines, only hmrs or plates.

84 A RE-EXAMINATIOX OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

'Female oviger short, particuJadij the middle jointa, feet
'powerful. Cement gland as in Ammothea, accessory claws
' small or absent. Female gevAtnl opeiiings on all pairs (?),
' male openings on posterior tioo })iiirs of legs. Eggs sm,<dl,
• larvce ivith t?vo large pincers tvitliout hyssus gland and hyssus
' ."pme."

The genotype is an adult female with fullv developed
eggs in the two distal coxae and femora of all the legs.

So far as can be made out (with exception of the
ovigeirg referred to in the description of the species) Has-
well's specimen agrees with Loman's definition of the
genug.

Genus Nymplinpsis includes the following species: —
Nymjjhop.ns armatus, Haswell, 1884, p. 1025, Port Molle,

15 fathoms.
Nymjjhopsis korotnewi, Schimkewitsch, 1887, lies de la

Sonde, East Coast of Timor, 34 metres.
Nymphopsis muscosus, Loman, 1908, East Indies, 16-130
metres; Japan, 50-130 metres.

Nymphopsis armatus, Haswell.
(PI. XXI., figs. 18-20; pi. XXII., fig. 21.)

1884, Nymphopsis armatus, Haswell, 1884, p. 1025, pi. 55,

figs. 1-4.
1908, Nymjihopsis arrnafns, Loman, ir!08, p. 49.

Specimen. — Australian Musev: Collection, G5201,
holotype, female. Port Molle.

Description. — Truul- is quite s. th tubular and toler-
ably slendeir. The portion behind tli^ third pair of cruri-
gers is narrower than that in front. Segmentation is abso-
lutely su73presficd. Criirigers are well sejjarated at the base
and diverge towards their extremities. The posterior pair
extend almost directly backward. Each cruriger is distal-
ly expanded with a single dorsal spine.

Cephalon is very small.

Ocular tuhercle is situated on the level of the first pair
of crurigers and arises by a wide base narrowing above to
form a fairlv high alm'-^t peir^endicular tube terminating
in a bluntly conical ape^ The eyes are large and strongly
pigmented, the posterior pair being the smaller.

Proboscis ig of large size. It arises by a wide base on
the ventral side of the trunk at the level of the first pair of
crurigers. It projects diagonally downwards. Its shape
is that of an ellipse with the narrower end forward and
truncated.

p. & p. Rov. Soc. Tas., 199

\

r

"v,

/

2-1

/

^26

25

rf^Wt'if :'v-^

i

21

T. T F. del

■^^'

Nymphopsis armatu?, fiz 21
Achelia assimilis, figs. 22-26

BY PROFESSOR T. THOMSON FLYNN, B.SC. 8a

ChelopJiores are remarkable in shape. The shafts of
the two chclophores arise from the anterior margin of the
abbreviated cephalon, but are separated from one another
by a distinct interval. The division of the scape
into two joints is not apparent in the holotype.
Each scapo is longer than the proboscis and is quite
narrow at the base, but expands distally to form
a cup into which the terminal portion of the scape
is involuted. To the bottom of this cup on the inside is at-
tached the chela. The rim of the cup has a characteristic
armature consisting of a series of some eight spines. Of
these spines those of the ventral portion of the rim are
short and simple, those on the dorsal side being larger and
possessing each at its base a pair of short auxiliary snines.
The chela is delicate; tiie palm is small, the fingers curved
and untoathed. The movable finger is external. The fin-
gers enclose a wide space, and their points cross at the
apex. In its natural position the chela is more than half
hidden in the cup. The involution is held in place by
muscle fibres. It is possible that the chela can be pro-
truded. (In the holotype slide the right chela cup has
been evaginated, having broken from its fastening evident-
ly under the influence of the pressure used in making the
slide.)

Abdomen is a cylindrical tube extending almost ver-
tically upwards. Its posterior side is somewhat concave —
on the anterior side, near the apex, is a pair of papilhc
each bearing a long .simple spine.

Palps are evidently normally nine jointed, although
the right palp only possesses eight joints. The palps arise
laterallv to and below tlie chclophores. The following dc-
Kcrij^tion applies to the left palp: — The second and fourth
joints are longest, the first and third short. The fourth
joint is curved and pcssesscs a distinct tubercle about one-
third the distance from the distal end. On this opens the
duct of the palp gland which lies in this joint (Hoek, 1881.
)>. 105). Tlie remainder of the joints of the palp are all
Ismail, the sixth being the longest of them. It forms an
angle with the shorter fifth joint. The seventh, eighth,
and ninth joints are all small. In the palps, the first and
second joints are devoid of spines, the third and fourth
have occasional spines and a distal fringe. The remainder
of the joints are well provided with spines.

Ovir/er'i. — It is a matter for regret that in the slidr
these appendages are so broken that it is impossible to
count the joints. One portion which has altogether come
apart from the animal consists of seven joints, but this in

86 A RE-EXAMINATION OF AU.STKALIAN PYCNOGOKIDA,

manifestly incomplete. The terminal joints are rolled up
and sesim to be provided with long hairs.

Legi;. — First coxa is of normal length, second about
twice as long — third a little longer than the first. All the
coxcB are narrow proximally and distally expanded. The
second coxa bears a well developed tubercle at its distal
end, on which opens the female genital pore. This tuber-
cle bears two long simple spines. The first and third coxae
have similar tubercles but not so well developed.

Femur is long and stout, slightly expanded at the dis-
tal end. Its spinous armature is very regular in arrange-
ment. At one quarter the length from the proximal end
there is on the ventral side a paii- of small spines. About
half way there are two larger spines each on a tubercle.
At the distal dorsal angle there are a, couple of pairs on
tubercles, one of which is particularly large. All these
have small subsidiary spines at their base. In nearly oveay
case the simple looking spines on the coxa* and femiir are
found under the highest powers to be verv minutely tooth-
ed.

First tibia is stout and not quite as long as the femur.
It bears from ten to fifteen compound spines on the dorsal
side. They are larger and more numerous on the anterior
legs than on the posterior. Each spine consists of two
segments. The proximal of these is long and cylindrical
Avith large processes and also possessing a microscopic serra-
tion. The distal segment is long, sharp, and microscopical-
i}' toothed.

The second tibia is about equal in length to the fir.st
tibia but is slenderer. It has about fifteen compoimd
spines on its dorsal surface. These decrease in size and
become simpler in structure towards the distal extremity.
In addition to the spines mentioned above the first and
second tibia^ possess a more obscure sixrface spination con-
sisting of fine spines arranged in approximately longi-
tudinal rows.

Tarsus is small, dorsal spine is absent, but there are
soine simple ventral spines.

Propodus is strong and curved with about a dozen long
simple spines on the dorsal surface. The sole is armed
with a number of spines varying in number from twenty-
one on the anterior foot to fifteen on the posterior. These
are re-curved spines, decreasing in size towards the di.stal
end. Claw is long strong and curved. The auxiliary claws
are rudimentary.

The genital aperfu?rs, female, occur on the second
coxae of all the legs.

BY PROFKSSOK T. THOMSON KIANN, r..sc. 87

Measurements, holotype, female.

mm.
o or;

Proboscis, length ^—^

greatest diameter 97

Trunk, length 2.40

width behind first crurigcrs 56

,, ,, second ,, 53

• „ „ third „ ... ... .44

greatest width across second crurigers 2.75

Cephalon, breadth 1-05

Ocular tubercle, height 72

diameter 24

Abdomen, height 1-46

smallest diameter 19

Chelophore shaft, length 1-6

width at ba^e 24

greatest width 67

Right palp, first joint 10

second , 87

third , 06

fourth ,, 76

fifth ., 22

sixth „ 20

seventh,, 10

eighth ,, 06

ninth ,, 05

Third right leg, first coxa 65

second 1.35

third , 1.04

femur 3.35

first til)ia 3.30

first tibia, longest spine... 1.17

second tibia 3.04

second tibia, longest spine 1.20

tarsus and propodu.s 1.56

claw 97

Bern ark .<.— This species was found by Uaswell in Port
Molle, Queensland, at a depth of fifteen fathoms.

AcHEi,i.\ ASsiMiT-is, ITaswell.
(Plate XXII., figs. 22-26.)

1884, Aiiiniofhra a.<.^imi/is, Ilaswell, 1884, p. 1026, pi. 55,

figs. 1-5.
1899, Amiiwihea as.imilis, Whitelegge, 1889, p. 233.

88 A KE-EXAMINATION OF AUSTHALIAN PYCiSOGONIDA,

1908, Ammuthea assimilis, Loman, 1908, p. 59.
1913, Achelia assi?nilis, Bouvier, 1913, p. 140.

Specimens. — Australian Museum Collection, G5220,
one microscope slide labelled "type." This contains three
specimens, all immature, one of doubtful sex, the other*
female. Zoological Collection, Sydney University, one
microscope slide containing two specimens (adult), both
males.

As Loman has pointed out, Haswell's description of
thia species, pviblished in the early days of Pycnogonid re-
search, is not critical enough for present day purposes. I
have, therefore, decided to give a full account of the
species.

The slide in the Australian Museum marked "type"
contains onlv immature specimens with chelate chelor)hore8
and immature ovigers. I cannot suppose that it was upon
these sjjecimens that Haswell's original description was
based. The specimens from the University of Sydney were
certainly the originals of Haswell's drawings, and no doubt
it is an oversight that these were not designated as the
types.

BescriptUm. — The hody is disc like and broad, segmen-
tation practicalh^ non-existant, crurigers closely apjaroxi-
mated with no space between.

CepJialoti is very slightly developed.

Ocular fuhfrcle is situated near anterior edge of cepha-
lon and is of medium length, rounded at apex, with eyes
large, distinct, and pigmented.

Ahdoinen is of medium length, semi-erect, tubular,
tapering and ornamented with a few spines towards apex.

Chelophorex are imperfect in adult specimens. ScaiJe ia
simple, chela I'udimentarv. The whole organ measures
considerably less than half of the length of the proboscis.

Falp'i are eight-jointed, second and fourth joints ai-©
longest, remainder small. The last five joints are providend
with hairs.

Oi'iyers (male) ten jointed. First joint small and
about as long as wide, the second, third, fourth, and fifth
are progressively longer, the remainder are small, the tentk
being particular^ so. The last four joints bear simpla
spines and there is a terminal spine. The five terminal
joints are twisted into a spiral.

Legs. — The three coxae are short, the second being a
little longer than the others. The first coxa bears terminally
a few simple spines each set upon a papilla. In the suc-
ceeding co'Xae a distal fringe is present consisting of many

BY PEOFKSSOK T. THOMI^UN FLYNN, B.SC. 89

delicate spines without papilhe. In the male the genital
apertures occur on the second coxje of the two posterior
pairs at the apices of large genital tubercle. Femur is
stout, expanded at distal end, a little shorter tlian the com-
bined coxae. The femoral gland ends on a well marked pa-
pilla situated distally and bearing a prominent spine. Some
small !.pincs occur with occasional longer ones on the doreal
surface. First tibia is also short and expanded armed in
a similar fashion to the femur, to which it is about equal
in length. The second tibia is stout, slightly curved, and
about equal to each of the two preceding segments. The
taj-su.s is small with a single dor.sal spine and a ventral
bunch of hairs. Propodus is stout, cui'ved, solo being orna-
mented proximally with three large spines separated bv a
space, for the rest with about five or six spines which ae-
creaso in size towards extremity. Terminal claw is stout
and cui'ved, less than half tJie length of the jjropodus.
Auxiliary claws are well developed.

dtnital oj)eni?i(/-i (male) are situated on genital tuber-
cles on the two post4_u"ior pairs of limbs.

Measurements: — mm.

Proboscis, length 70

greatest diameter 36

Cephalon, greatest width 47

Trunk, length 70

width across second crurigers 7H

Abdomen, length 127

Cheloj)hore, length 31

Third right leg, first coxa 19

second ,, 25

third ,, 22

femur 55

first tibia 56

second 58

tarsus and ]3ro]K)(lus 52

claw 20

auxiliai'v claw 12

Palp, second joint 27

third 05

fourth 24

fifth ., 08

sixth 06

seventh ,, 07

eighth ,, ' 08

^^/;,r//X-.v.— Whiteleggo (1889, page 233) records the
locality of the species as Clark Island, Port Jackson.

90 A EE-EXAMIXATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA,

Affinities. — Haswell suggests that this species is nearly
related to Achelia (^AninKithea) lan</i, Dohiii.

It is necessary to point out some errors in Haswell's
description and drawings of this species. Fig. 5 shows the
proboscis and palps, not the fii^st pair as stated by Haswell.
The basal joint of the palp is omitted. Fig. 6 shows the
terminal joints of the palps, not of the first pair. Fig. 7
IS evidently a representation of the oviger (third pair") not
of the palp (second pair). This drawing is not quite ac-
curate. There is an evident oversight in the description
of the second pair (palps). This commences with an ac-
count of the structure of the palps but merges into a di-
scription of the ovigers.

LITERATURE REFERRED TO.

1913 Bouvier, E. L. — Pycnogonides du "Pourquoi Pas?"

Dear. E.rji. Antarct. Frane. (1908-10).
1893 Carpenter, G. H.— Reports on the Zool. Coll. made

in Torres St. by Prof. A. C. Haddon, 1888-9.

Pycnog. (suppl.). Sc. Pror. TPu?/. Diih. Soc. Vol.

V'lII. (7K.v). Pt. 1, No. 4.

1906 Cole, L. J. — A new Pycnogonid from the Bahamas.
Am. Nfitiiralisf, Vol. XL., No. 471.

1910 Cole, L. J. — Pycnogonida of the West Coa.st of
North America. Hnrrinian Ahislrt E.rp. Vol. X.

1869 G^vnh^.—.Tahrsh. S'rhle.<i. Ges. Vatcrl. 1869.

1884 Haswell, W. A. — The Pycnogonida of the Australian
Coast. Prnr. Linn. Soe. N .S .W . Vol. IX. (1885).

1910 Hodgson, T. V. — Pantopoda in Sehultze, Zool

Erqehnis.^e einer Forsrli , iui Siulaf rilo . V/erfer

Bd. Erste Lief.

1881 Hoek, P. P. C. — Report on the Pycnogonida dredg-
ed by H.M.S. "Challenger," etc. Challrnf/er Re-
2Jorts. ZooL Vol. III.

1908 Loman, J. C. C— Die Pantopoden der "Siboga' Ex-
pedition. "Sihoga' Exp. Monog. XL.

191 '2 Loman, J. C. C. — Note preliminaire sur les "Podo-
somata" (Pycnogonides) du Musee Oceanographique
de Monaco, Bull, de V Ifisf. Oceanog. Monaco.
No. 238.

1915 Loman, J. C. C. — Les Pycnogonides et les Regies de
la Nomenclature Zoologique. Ti jdschr. d. Ned . Dierh.
Vereen (2). Dl . XIV. Afl. 2.

1887 Schimkewitsch, W. — Sur les Pantopodes de I'Ex-
pedition du "Vettor Pisani." Zool. Anz. Jahrg. X.

J!Y I'KOKKSSOK T. THOMSON FLYNX, B.SC. 91

3 909 Schinikewitscli, W. — Nochmals uber die Periodicitat

in dem System der Pantopoden. Zonl. Anz- Vol.

A'A'A'7F.
1909 Thompson, W. D'Arcv— Pvcnogonida. Cambridge

Nat. Jlist. Vol. IV.
1889 Whitelegge, T. — ^List of the Marine and Freshwater

Invertebrate Fauna of Port Jackson, etc. Joiirn.

(171(1 I'nx. Roy. Soc. S.S.W. 1889.

EXPLANATION OF FIGURES.

Plate XVIII.

Figs. 1-3. — Ulio/talijrlii/nrliit.'i fenuisainius, Hasw., holotype

male.
Fig. 1 . — Cephalon, dorsal view.
Fig. 2.— Leg.
Fig. 3.— Palp.
Figs. 4-5. — Xi/inphnn e(j7il(/igifa(itni, Hasw. (from .spirit

specimen).
Fig. 4. — Dorsal view, ovigcrs, palps and legs not shown.
Fig. 5. — Third right leg.

Plate XIX.

Fig. 6. — Nymjihiiv (■quidirptatum, Hasw. (from spirit speci-
men).

Fig. 6. — Lateral view, legs removed.

Figs. 7-8. — I'allene (.'') valida, Hasw., holotype, male.

Fig. 7. — Dorsal view, with third right leg.

Fig. 8. — Ventral vein of anterior portion of body (one
chelophore not shown).

Fig. 9. — J'stiidopfilhne iKirln/cheira, Hasw., holotype, male.

Fig. 9. — Ventral view (legs and chelophores not shown).

Plate XX.

Figs. 10-11. — P.-teiidiipallene jHirln/rJieira,' Hasw., holotype,

male.
Fig. 10. — Dorsal view (legs not shown).
Fig. 11. — Third right leg.
Figs. 12-14. — Anoplnddctylus tvhiferu.'?, Hasw. (from spirit

specimen).
Fig. 12. — Ventral view ( ^ ), with third right leg.
Fig. 13. — Terminal joints of oviger.
Fig. 14. — Sexual aperture ( o ).

92 A RE-EXAMINATION OF AUSTRALIAN PYCNOGONIDA.

Plate XXI.

Fig. 15. — Anojjlodactylus tuhiferus, Hasw., female.

Fig. 15. — Lateral view, legs removed.

Figs. 16-17. — AscorhyncJius hmgicoUis, Hasw., holot.y|>«,
female.

Fig. 16. — Dorsal view, with third left leg.

Fig. 17. — Oviger (female), spines not shown.

Figs. 18-20. — NympJiopsis armatus, Hasw., holotype, fe-
male.

Fig. 18. — Dorsal view, showing third left leg.

Fig. 19. — Spine from rim of chelophore.

Fig. 20. — Palp gland.

Plate XXII.
Fig. 21. — Nytuphop.sis armatus, Plasw., holotype, female.
Fig. 21. — Simple spine from leg.
Figs. 22-6. — Achelia assimilis, Hasw., male (drawn from

slide in Dept. of Zoology, University of Sydney).
Fig. 22. — Dorsal view, showing third right leg.
Fig. 23. — Oviger (male).
Fig. 24. — Terminal joints of oviger (male).
Fig. 25. — Cement gland.
Fig. 26.— Gland from 2nd tibia.

93

NOTE ON THE OCCURRENCE IN TASMANIA OF
THE FRESHWATER CRAB, HYMENOSOMA
LACUSTRIS, CHILTON.

By Chas. Chilton, M.A., D.Sc, C.M.Z.S.,

Professor of Biology, Canterbury College, New Zealand.
(Communicated by Professor T. Thomson Flynn.)

(Received 8th July, 1919. Read Ilth August, 1919.)

Professor T. Thomson Flynn, of the University of
Tasmania, of Hobart, has been good enough to send me
some specimens of a small crab obtained by him in NoiiJi-
West Tasmania, which he thought belonged to the species
Hyinenondina lacuxfrls, Chilton, though they appeared to
differ from the published descriptions in the shape of the
roatrum and in some other points. The few specimens he
collected were found nestling in the crevices of i-otting
wood in a very small creek in the middle of an open pad-
dock near Flowerdale.

This species was originally described from .specimens
obtained in Lake Takapuna, near Auckland, New Zea-
land, and has since been recorded fx-om other localities in
Now Zealand, also from Norfolk Island, Lord llowo
Island, and from two localities in Victoria, Australia. Itis
occunence in Tasmania is additional evidence of its wide
distribution, and its antiquity. I have compared the Tas-
manian specimens with those from the other localities,
and consider that they should be placed in the same
species. The rostrum is more shaq)ly depressed than in
the Victorian specimens, more truncate at the end, and
its lateral margins are more raised, showing prominently
in dorsal view. In the Victorian specimens the rostrum
is more nearly horizontal, its margins are less prominent,
and the end is somewhat narrowly rounded. The Nor-
folk Island specimens have the rostrum, on the whole,
similar to that of the Victorian, but the end is more
broadly rovmded ; in the Lake Takapuna specimens the
roetiiim is much depressed, and the margins are sharply
raised, but the end narrows to a blunt point, instead of
being regularly rounded.

Other differences between the specimens then known in
the lateral teeth on the carapace, the hairiness of the cara-

94 NOTE ON THK FRESHWATER CRAB, HYMEN080MA LACUSTRIS,

pace and appendages, and in the teeth or tnberculations
on the chelipeds of the male were pointed out in 1902 by
Fulton and Grant. The Tasmanian specimens resemble
those from Norfolk Island in having the lateral teeth al-
most entirel}' absent, the anterior one being only faintly
indicated ; in Lake Takapiina specimens both teeth are
fairly distinct, the anterior one being prominent, though
bluntly rounded at the end. The Victorian specimens
show a somewhat intermediate condition. The male
specimens from Tasmania are small, and have the chelipeds
smooth, but this may be due to immaturitv. After
examining a number of specimens Fulton and Grant found
that the various characters mentioned were not constant,
and I agree with their statement that a large number &f
adult males from each locality must be examined before
we are in a position to divide them into separate spccie«
or sub-species. The special characters of the Tasmanian
specimens are, in my opinion, not sufficiently distinct to
warrant their separation from the others, and they only
help to show how difficult it Avill be to find constant com-
binations of characters by which to distinguish the differ-
ent forms. Any investigation of this kind can, however,
be safely left for future solution : the important point at
present is that we have the same form of freshwater crab
still existing in lands now widely separated. I have drawn
attention to the importance of this fact in a previous
papier (Trans. N.Z. Inst., Vol. 47, p. 316).

For the convenience of Tasmanian zoologists I give
below the chief references dealing with the subject, and also
the general description of the crab, which I published in
1915.

Hymenosoma LAcrsTRis, Chilton.

Elamena (?) Jacustris, Chilton. Trans. N.Z. Inst., vol. 14,

p. 172.
Hymenonoma /arusfriti, Chilton, I.e.. vol. lo, p. 69, pi. 1.

fig. 2 a t-o e; vol. 47, p. 316; and P.Z.S, for 1906.

p. 703.
Hymenosoma lacustris, Fulton and Grant, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Victoria, vol. 15, p. 59, pi. 8.
" Carapace neai'ly circular, rather broader than long ;
" flat, naked, or with a few scattered hairs. Rostnim
" broad, strongly depressed, its upper surface concave from
" side to side, extremity in form of an obtuse angle.
'■ Antero-lateral margins of the carapace with 2 obscure
" teeth. Cheliped of male small, propod only slightly
" broader than the carpus, hairy. Ambulatory legs some-

BY CHA.S. CHlLTctN. M.A , U.SC, C.iM.Z S. 95

■' what densely covered with long hairs, tarsi long, slender,
'' compressed, densely haired. Last pair of legs somewhat
" shorter than the preceding. Abdomen of male of 5
" joints subequal in lengtH, 3rd rather narrower than the
" 1st and 2nd, 4th nearly as wide as the 3rd, last
'■ broadly rounded at the end ; margin fringed with very
" short hairs, some longer ones being scattered on the
'"' surface. Abdomen of female with slight median ridge
" along its whole length."

9G

STUDIES OF TASMANIAN OETACEA.

Part III.

Tursiops tursio.

Southern Form.

By

H. H. Scott (Curator, Victoria Museum, Launceston)

and
Clive E. Lord (Curator, Tasmanian Museum, Hobart).

Plates XXIII.-XXV.
(Received 21st July, 1919. Read 1st September, 1919.)

In foregoing papers we have dealt with (i.) Orca
gladiator, Fseudorca crassidcns, Glohicephalus melas, and
(ii.) Ziphius cavirostris. In the present instance we desire
to place on record certain data relating to Tursiops
tursio, and to show reasons why it should be included as
an inhabitant of the Australian Zone. In a succeeding
paper we hope to publish certain facts concerning
D. del pit is.

The genus Tursiops should not be confounded with
that of Tursio, which latter genus, with very little read-
justment, might well be relegated to mere specific rank,
for it is closely involved with other genera — for example,
Prodel ])ht7ms.

Gray used the designation Tursio in 1862, but, as it
had been previously used by Wagler for another genus,
Grays designation lapsed, and Ttirsiops was substituted.
Tursio, however, is still retained for its correct genus,
which explains why care must be taken to difi'erentiate
between the two genera.

In all lists of Australian Cetacea the representative
of the genus Tursiops inhabiting these seas is given as
T. catalania, the species being bounded by Gray in
1862. (1) As has been observed by several authorities
<2) of the numerous species described of this genus,
it is very diificult to satisfactorily differentiate them from
the main form of T . tursio. In this connection we would
again draw attention to the remarks made in our previous

(1) Gray; Delphinus catalania, Proc. Zoo. Soc. Lond., 1862, p. 144.

Tursio catalania, B.M. Cat. S, and W., 1866, p. 262.

(2) Among others by Beddard, Camb. Nat. Hist. Mamraa'ia, p. 379.

P & P Rov Soc Tas . 1919.

Plate XXIII.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LORD. 9T

paper concerning the manner in which both genera and
species of the Cetacean order have been created in the
past. ^^'> These remarks apply with added force to the
Delphinidce, as pointed out in strong terms by Professor
Flower, ^^' when Avriting concerning Dr. Gray's tendency
to multiply species.

Since Gray published his original description it has
been usual to refer to the Australian fonii of Tursiop^ as
T. catalania, and to eliminate T. iun<io as an Australian
species. We propose to show that 7'. turslo is to be found
in the Australian Zone, and, further, that we have certain
material which may relate to tlie species catalania. Our
present opinion regarding this second species is mainly
based on a study of the vert^br.-e, which differ in a re-
markable manner from the typical 7'?<r,s/o. Unfortunately,
Gray s original description of ratahinia is founded mainly
on a rather vague description of the osteology of the skull.
We hope to gather further material in the future regard-
ing this presumably second species, and to place our obser-
vations on record. In the present instance we will con-
fine oxxr attentions to showing that there is in Australian
seas a species which simulates very closely that of the
European T. tursin. The distribution of this species is
evidently cosmopolitan, but, in order to make a slight
local distinction, we propose to refer to the species in the
vernacular as "The Southern Form."

As Gray s original description is not readilv available
to many Australian students, it has been considered ad-
visable to refer to portions of it in detail. Particularly
so as it has an important bearing on the present paper.
Gray stated '5' infer alia: —

"Mr. John Macgillivray has sent to Mr. Cuming, who
" has transferred them to the British INIuseum collection,
" two skulls of a species of Dolphin or Bottlcnose whiih he
" regards as probably new. These skulls were accompanied
" by the following notes: —

"Delphinus, N.S. The larger of the two skulls be-
" longed to an individual killed off Cape Melville (within
" tho Great Barrier Reefs), north-east coast of Australia,
" September 5th, 1860. It was a female, 11 feet in length.
"... The smaller cf the two skulls repr sents another of the-
" same species. It was c-onsiderablv smaller than the
" first one, being only 6-^ feet in lenc:th. . . The two skuHs
"differ in shane and size. No 1 is 17 inches long; the
" beak to the notch is 10 inches, and the upper teeth-bone

• (3> Pnp. and Proc. Roy. Soc. Tas , 1919. p. 6.
(4) Flower, Proc. Zoo. Sac; Loud, 1883, p. 46f>.
(5^ P.Z.S., 1862, p. 143.
G

-98 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

" 8h inches long; the front lower teeth are worn awav and
" tiaincated, like the teeth of the common DeJpli inus
" tursio, which was described as D. hrunatus by Montague
" There are twenty-seven teeth on each side in the upper,
" and twenty-five teeth on each side in the lower jaw. No.
"2 is seventeen inches long; the beak 9i, and the upper
" tooth-bone 8 inches long. The teeth, twenty-four above
" (perhaps one on each side is deficient, as the end of the
'■ jaiW is verv tender), twenty-three or twenty-four below.
" The front teeth are slightly truncated, but this skull
" diflFers from No. 1, being rather more convex and rather
'■ narrower, especially in the hinder part, from the middle
" of its length."

Gray continues: — "I have compared these skulls with
'■ those of the different species of Bottlenoses {Tursio) in the
" British Museum ; a.nd they are perfectly distinct from any
" of them. The species may be called Jhlphimis catalania.
" It is smaller in size, and has a much smaller brain cavity
" than D. cymodice (Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, t. 19)
" and B. metis (Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror, t. 18), and
" the beak is not so tapering as in these species, and the
'■ teeth are rather more numerous. It is equally distinct
" from Deljjhinus eurysovie (Gray, Zool. Erebus and Terror,
"' t. 17), believed to h& from the North Sea. It is not easy
" to point out the distinction of these species in words; but
" there cannot be a doubt about them when they are com-
" pared together."

In 1883 Professor Flower 'S' devoted considerable at-
tention to the genus under review, and made several
observations regarding the sex characters of T. tursio. We
desire to quote certain of Professor Flowers remarks, and
also to place in italics the 2>oi-tions which agree with our
own observations. In this manner will be seen the re-
markable similarity which exists between the Tasmanian
form and the species examined by Flower, who stated
inter alia: — "J-?*, the males the rostrum is larger and compara-
"'tively narrower. The int.ermaxiJlaries are mor prominent
'' and conr'ex, especialli/ i7i their posterior half ; in this region
" the external border of the maxiUaries is almost parallel to the
^' correspondiiig portion of the inter maxillaries : the crests «>f
" the cranium are nii>re elevated and less sloping laterally.
" The heads of the females are remarkable for the breadth of the
'^rostrum at its base and its middle point; the rostrmu conse-
" quently has a more triangular form ; the intermaxiHaries ar&
" more flattened ; the exterior border of the posterior portion of
" the maxillaries is not parallel to the external harder oj the

(6) Flower; P.Z.S.. 1883.

13 Y H. H. SCdTT and CLIVK E. LOKI). 99

*' iiitermaxUlaries, hut has a rounded projection outwards. The
" cranium oi the lemale is relatively a little broader than that
"o the male ; its lieiir'it is in-' s.iiu- in tin- iwo sexes. The
" mandible is a little more eloiiffated in the male."

Professor Flower summed up his remarks on the
genua as follows : —

"1. T. iursio, including those that have been named
" Metis, Kurysome, Cy mod ice, Aduncns, and Gilli, some
'of which may bd specifically distinct, but, if so, arc very
" closely allied, and still require definite elucidation of
'■ their characters, the principal differences observed in
" the skulls depending on the comparative breadth of tlie
■ rostrum, a chai'acter much influenced by sex. 7' adiiticiis
■■ (Z'. ahtisalam, Gray) differs from the rest onlv in its
" superior .size."

" 2. T. Catalan in, of smaller size than any of the
" otners, and with smaller and more numerous teeth.
" There is tnith in the remark with which Dr. Gray
■■ concludes his original description. "

One of the most recent reviews of this genus which
we have had the opportunity to see is that bv Dr. Bed-
dard '^> in 1900. lie points out T. tursio is the only
satisfactory type of the genus, and gives as apparent
synonyms Del phinus trnncatut, Montagu; 1). metis, Grav ;
D. cymodice. Id. ; D. eurynome. ITe allows, with certain
provisional remarks, T. catalania, Gray ; 7'. abnsalam, 'Rup-
pcll ; T. (jilli and T. parvimanus.

As regai-ds 7". catalania. Dr. Beddard points out that
the species is of small size, and the colour is the same as
7'. tursio, except that the ^des are covered with blotches
of darker colour. The beak is also relativelv longer. The
s|)ici.-s is admitted both by Sir W. Flower and Mr. Ti-ue.

We would like to draw attention to the fact tliat, al-
though 7'. catalania was originallv described from two
specimens obtained from the north-east coast of Australia,
successive writers have included it as the representative of
genus for the whole Australian Zone, and have not in-
cluded T. fvrsio. We have not had the opportunity of
examining specimens from the type locality and other sec-
tions of the Australian coasts, but there can be no ques-
tion concerning the occurrence of a Southern form of
7'. tursio in Tasmanian seas. As regards the second
species, as stated elsewhere, we hope to gather further
material.

The question of external colouration is worthy of men-
tjion, but we are of opinion that too much attention

(7) Beddard; A Book of Whales, p 273.

100 STUDIKS OF TASMANIAN CETACBA,

should not be paid to variability of colour as regards speci-
fic classification. The usually accepted definition as regards
the excernal colour of T. turdo is that the upper surface
is lead colour and the under surface white. Bedd'ijrd,
however, quotes ^^) an instance mentioned by Van Beneden
of specimens which were intense black, except for a white
streak on the ventral surface. The two specimens with
which this paper chiefly deals were of deep and polished
black on the upper surfaces, and slate coloaired on the
under surfaces. The colour being the same in both
sexes.

As regards the vertebral formula, our specimens
showed C. 7.; D. 13; L. 17; Ca. 28-65.

INTRODUCTORY AND PIIYLOGENETIC.

As Anthropotomists are apt to refer rather loosely to
"vestigesi of the cartilagino'us cranium," we wish to make
our posiition quite clear prior to introducing the several
data that go to make up the present section of our paper.
If we assume that the history of the cartilaginous skiill
has, in the main, been correctly read, we still have to
face the fact that a cartilaginous tract, that by ostosis has
taken its place in the bony skull, may revert to its former
cartilaginous condition if the pressure of external evolu-
tionary conditions so compels it. In an instance such as
this is, it would be manifestly incorrect to call such a
structure "a vestige of the cartilaginous cranium," since
that summary method of dismissing the case would oc-
clude all the interesting facts of its racial history. As
it is, in this latter connection, •that we have to deal with,
part of a cartilaginous tract, in the Dolphin's skull, we
desire to avoid any ambiguity—hence this statement.

Between the ossiRed pre-frontal bone (Ethmoid, of
Flower, and others), the frontal, and in part the nasals,
of a common Dolphin's skull there remains a strip of car-
tilage that mav, or may not, ossify. It is a moiety of
the ethmo-cartilage, but is not a relic of the cartilaginous
skull, since, as far as our researches go, it relates to the
ethmo-turbinals, which always ossify in part in intra-
uterine life, and, in totn, at a very early period — cei-
tainly before the septal portion of the ethmoid, or, as we
here term it, the coalesced pre-frontals. If no whale
ever ossified this cartilaginotis tract, and, therefore, never
showed any ethmo-turV>inals at all, we might assume this
to be a pre-mammalian racial character, and push the
ancesirv of the whales back to an eariy date, and call

(8) Beddard: A Book of Whales, p. 275.

P & p. Roy. Soc. Tas., 1919.

Plate XXIV.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE K. LORD. 101

this cartilage a chondro-cranial relic, or anything else of
a like nature, but the Rorquals show well develooed ethmo-
turbinals, and other whales also in part develon the
sense capsule?. Accordingly we are really dealing with
a suspension of ostosis, under pressure of racial evolu-
tionary needs. Retaining this thought in the mental
foreground, we set out to examine this cartilage in vari-
ous Dolphins' skulls, with the following results.

1. We are impressed with the fact that the enormous
variation of a Dolphin's skull in the nasal regions, must
have first retarded the ostosis of a considerable area ; next,
the ossific processes acting upon the now changed, and
modified area, accelerated ostosis iti some parts, and re-
tarded it in others. As an illustration of accelerated and
extended o.ssific energy, we may cite the vomer in Dol-
phins' skulls. Its basic position insures an early ossifica-
tion of all its parts, which is suificiently complex, bv the
way, to rule out the term "azygous bone, " since it not
only extends enormously foi-wards, but posteriorly ex-
pands over the whole sphenoid element, and even reaches
the basi-occipital. Looking to other vertebrates, we find
that Tonkoft', in 1902, saw its paired origin indicated in
the bird, although frequently overlooked. In the croco-
dile it practicallv has three centres, two giving rise to the
palatine moieties, and a third to a central portion that
is embraced bv the ptervgfoids. Traces of this latter
appear in Dolphins' skulls, while to crown all we get the
additional extension backwards just cited. Sir W.
Flower was always careful to point out that so-called
"azvgous bones" were onlv those whose compound origin
was so remote as to be uneasy to trace, a fact our studies
have served to recall.

3. As an instance of retarded ostosis, we may name
the ethmo-nasal regions of Dolphins' skulls.

4. In verv voung Dolphins' skulls the whole of this
area, including the pre- frontal, and nasal regions, retains
the condition of a more or less semi-cartilaginous stat^e,
showing its recent evolutionary remoulding. The same
skulls, however, will have the vastly extended vomer,
completely, and perfectly ossified (including even its basi-
sphenoidal plate).

5. The manner in which the bony elements at the
vertex of Dolphins' skulls blend, and inter-blend, accord-
ing to the various factors of genera, is extremely interest-
ing, as note.

In Delphinus, the nasals early fuse with two lateral
strips of the ethmoid cartilage, and so extend down the

102 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

sides of the coalesced pre-frontals, that line the back of
the nose. This is an ethmo-nasal ankylosis.

In some skulls these lateral ethmo, bony moieties, re-
main distinct, showing that they are not really parts of
the nasals ; this, however, is rare, and quite individual.
The rest of this cartilage, that is the central portion,
may remain as cartilage throughout, or ossify to both
nasals, and px'e-frontals. This latter is an ethmo-naso-
pre-frontal ankylosis.

In Turniops, the nasals early in life remain as two
bosses at the vertex of the skull, and always show this
basic character. WlMtever may happen, later, will fol-
low lines well markeff off from those obtaining in the-
true Dolphins' skulls. We may cite the following, by
way of illustration.

The ethmo-cartilage in skulls of TursiopR, is less com-
pressed than in those of Del phmus, and in the centre it
may ossify as two tongue-like strips, that appear above
the upper end of the pre-frontals. These are very sugges-
tive of the ethmo-turbinals, and accordingly we so name
them. We have skulls that show this very well, indeed.
The assumption here is, that the arrested ossific power is
returning to earlier evolutionary states, much in the
same way that Wormian ossicles appear in human skulls.
Exactly how much, or how little, this strip of ethmo-
cartilage will manifest definite ossific moieties, will de-
pend upon various circumstances, one of which appears to
be the effect of p'ressure. Still dealing with Tyrxiops, we
may note that the vertex of a most carefullv prepared
skull will show the following bones, in addition to the
maxilla? and f rentals.

1. Two ossicles that represent the Interparietal and

Pre-interparietal. <9)

2. The two true nasals, which combine with anv, or

all of the other moieties in that region of the
skull, according to individual, and sex varia-
tions.

3. Two, Ethmo-turbinals.

4. Two, more or less plate-like lateral moieties that

fuse with the pre-frontals, the frontals, and
nasals, in various wav?. These may fuse tc ex-
tinction upon one side, and remain distinct upon
the other.

(9) Pre-interparietal not always present.

P & p. Roy. Soc. Tas. 1919.

Plate XXV.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CLIVE E. LOHD. 10?

5. If thev fuse, they may do so either most strongly
to the frontal, or similarly to the pre-frontal.
Again, the whole mass at the vertex may fuse to
extinction, and the cthmo-turbinals remain as
cartilage.
The latter state is nearest to the skull of Ziphius
rai'irostriii, as represented in the llobart Museum Osteolo-
gical collection. By- the usual methods adopted in cleaning
Museum cetacean crania, eitner this region of a Dolphin's
skull is left, immersed in muscle and cartilage, or else it
is so mutilated in the attempt to remove such animal mat-
ter, that it is useless to a student. Our notes are made
from skulls that took at least two v^ears to prepare, every
microscopic fragment of bony tissue being retained in
position, and every microscopic fragment of animal matter
having been removed by isolated maceration, thus avoid-
ing a chance blow from o'her bones. In this way only
is it possible tn retain spongy bone, and tn t^r^r,•nn the
bounding lines of ostotic action. Beach worn specimens
often help to elucidate a point, here and thev-v b'^tter
than imperfectlv macerated ones, but it is sure to happen
that the very piece most urgentlv needed has been ground
away.

To correctly work out all these points it is essential
to disarticulate a youi!g Tur^iopx skull, and trace the re-
spective elements into the cranial cavitv, and unless the
fronto-occipiial sutures are carefully separated, some of
the evidence will bo lost.

Phylogenetically, all this means that the ancestor of
the Dolphin group manifested well-developed ethmoidal
senso capsules, the ossific processes rf^lating to which were
arrested. A cartilaginous remoulding took place, and
later on a partial ossification of some parts, with a tend-
ency to reproduce others, in a state similar to that of the
Wormian ossicles of human crania. We close these
not^ as we began them, bv saying these are not vestiges
of the cartilaginous cranium.

TURSIOPS TURSIO.

Southern Form.

The males of this genus closely approach the size at-
tained by the females of the genus Cli)hirephnliif;. and, al-
though the maximum size has still to be recorded, it is
certain that they reach eleven feet. The females, in our
opinion, never exceed ten, the vast majority being a full
foot, shorter.

•.104 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

Tursiops furnishes a most useful text for an osteo-
logical study, as the genus- — in point of size^ — is midway
between the Orcas upon the upgrade, and the porpoises
upon the down grade. . The common Dolphin, which
ranges in our seas up to eight feet in length, presenta
osteological characters worthy of a separate study, and,
therefore, in this paper it is proposed to present a com-
parative study of the male and female Tursiops, rather
than to contrast with Glohicephahis or Delphinus, as would
most commonly obtain.

MALE SKULL.

The occipital condyles are very heavy in appearance,
and divergent upon their upper margins, so that the spa.ce
between them and the magnum foramen — with which their
upper ends terminate — is exactly two inches, while three-
"•uarters of an inch below the foramen they have so con-
tracted that the intervening space is only three-eighths of
an inch. From this point, however, they again diverge
in a rounded curve to their bases — a fourth of an inch
lower down. The magnum foramen is buried away under
the overlapping condyles, which latter form two hollow
grooves along its margins, terminating above in two deeply
marked pits. The foramen itself measures 1| x 1|
inches, and is arched, rather than notched, upon its upper
boi'der in the individual skull here used for descriptive
purposes. Some male skulls, however, available to us,
show the notch most distinctly, while female skulls, ap-
parently, have the magnum foramen transversely oval,
and quite devoid of either notch or distinct arch. When
large numbers of these skulls, of various ages, and both
sexes, are available for direct comparison, it will most
probably be shown that the following facts obtain : —

1. All young Tursiops' skulls have a transversely oval

magnum foramen.

2. The majority — if not all — females retain this form

throughout life.

3. Adolescent males show the inception of the up-

ward enlargement of the foramen, in the im-
mediate centre of the upper wall, and thus con-
stitute "a notch."

4. Later in life, the edges of the notch become ab-

sorbed, as the needs of the medulla oblongata
demand, and the "arched" upper edge of the
foramen is the result.

BY H. H. SCOTT AND CI.IVE E. LOUD. 106

Thus it will be noted that a transversely oval foramen
— and, therefore, one of unequal measurement — is con-
verted into one whose central measurements are equal in
both directions.

If a line is drawn horizontally across the vertex of
the skull, it will be found to be exactly five inches above
the upper wall of tlie magnum foramen.

The par-oocipital processes have thickened borders,
are concave as they contribute moieties to the otocrane —
they are notched for the passage of the nervus vagii.
Mesiad — they are confluent with the basi-occipital, and
basi-sphenoidal plates of the otocrane. A ridge marks the
occipito-sphenoidal suture, but the spheno sphenoidal
suture is overlapped by the enormously extended vomer.
The whole of the vertex of the skull is rough and granu-
lated, even at times raised into bony callosities, and the
sutures proper to this region stand out as ossified ridges.
The line of the super-occinital — as viewed in profile — is
that of an "ogee," hollow above the magnum foramen, and
rounded higher up. A line vertical to the basis erani,
and made to touch the occipital condyles, would stand
away from the deepest part of the curve of the ogee, an
inch and three-quarters.

The temporal fossae are largely composed of the parie-
tals, which are ridged above, and continued post^eriorly as
two wings that extend a quarter of an inch bevond the
line of the super- occipital. These ridges slope backward
and downward, finally losing themselves at the exoccipito-
squamosal sutures, having upon all their faces, made open
parabolic cui-ves. In macerated skulls these curves are
very symmetrical, but in old beach-worn specimens they
always suffer much mutilation. The pre-maxillaries ex-
pand over the maxillaries at their upper ends, and form
two hollow grooves. The maxillaries cover the whole of
the frontals, except a wedge-?haped strip on either side of
the skull, the bases of these wedges being turned towards
the "blowers. " In point of size, the frontal strip thus
exposed does not exceed one and a half inches, but may
vary considerablv within this limit in individual skulls.
When a line is drawn — mesiad — from the tin of the skull
beak to the vertex, the upper edsres of the maxillarv wings
subtend angles nf 78 degrees to it Over thf zvo-omatic
arches, the maxillarv wings are much thickened — in male
skulls of thi=! ffenus — as much so relativelv as in
Glnhicephahix and Orcn, but femaV skulls show verv little
super-ossification in this region. As far as our knowledge
goes, no female TurninjiR skull ever shelves here, as obtains
in Delphinus. It is simply a matter of less super-ossifi-

106 STUDIES OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

cation, incidental to lower muscular power. The post-
crbital processes of the frontals make such shallow curves,
anteriorly, that it is best to regard them as lines, and, as
such, they subtend angles of 60 degrees to the tops of the
arches, formed by the united surfaces of the maxillo-
frontal elements. On either side of the skull, the fron-
tals are seen to protrude beyond the maxillaries in this
region. The post-orbital processes approximate the
zygomatic pro'cessies of the squamosals to within a quarter of
an inch. Asi in all the Ddyhinida' of the normal type, the
malar bones have been disrupted, and are functionally
superseded by the powerful bony arches, composed of the
orbital moieties of the frontals, maxillaries, and inciden-
tally the zygomatic processes of the squamosals. The
malar bones are six inches long, measured in a straight
line from their aut-orbital junctions, with the super-
orbital plates of the maxillaries, to their terminations
at the zygO'matic processes of the squamosals.

In male skulls^ — such as those under review — the pre-
maxillaries, when viewed in profile, give the following re-
sults. From the narial basin they arise with a well-marked
curve to the middle of the beak, next depress to form a
well marked hollow, elevate again, and, lastly, slowly
shelve off to the tip. In female skulls, the beak is much
more depressed, and unless one had noted these curves in
the male skull they would hardly be looked for. Having
once noted the well-marked profile of the male, the mo're
ea.sy curves of the female manifest themselves quite natur-
ally, although so slightly marked.

The pterygoid bones are separated in male skulls by
the very small space of one-sixteenth of an inch.

As in the skulls of Glohire'jiltahis, the pre-maxillary
and vomer appear in the palate.

The broken and spongy alveoli (here and there
absorbed) suggest the following dental formula: —
24 . "24

20 . 22

In a general way anything up to 25 teeth may be
present, and even in old animals some of the posterior
teeth never function, as we have evidence to show.

As we hold perfect skeletons of the two sexes of
the Tursiops, we propose to give comr>arative measure-
ments, this being, in our case, an exceptionally fine oppor-
tunity for such a, method of oresonting the facts, since both
animals were obtained in the flesh. Both animals were
fully matured, as their skeletons prove, the male was ten

BY H. H. SCOTT AND lLIVK E. LORD. 107

feet eight and a half inches, between vertical rods, and
the female was exactly nine feet in length.

Having dissected these animals, and prepared their
skeletons, we have every confidence in saving they repre-
sent normal sex types of the genus, and that the data may
bo relied upon accordingly.

COMPAUATnE SKULLS.

Male Female

Character of Measurement. . Skull. Skull.

in. in.

From tip of beak to occipital condyles 21 ... 19

Internal length of the brain cavity 6J ... 6

Maxillary notch to tip of the beak 11 ... 11

Tip of beak to .superior nares 14 ... 14

Length of palate in a middle lino 125 ••• 125

Tip of beak to end of alveolar margin 10 ... 9J

Height of skull at vertex 8? ... 8

Breadth at squamosal processes Hi ... 10

Brcadtii of brain cas© at parietals 8 ... 7^

Ditto of brain superorbital ridge 10 ... 10

Ditto across beak at base 5i ... 5

Ditto across middle of beak 4 ... 3'i

Ditto of pre-maxilla 2 ... 1|

Width of condyles 4J ... 4i

Height of foramen magnum 15 ... If

Width of foramen magnum Ij ... IJ

Length ot ramii of lower jaws 19^ ... 16J

Height of ramii at coronoid processes 4.^ ... 35

Length of tooth line 9\ ... 91

L'cngth of symphysis 2i ... 2\

A glance at this table will show the curious manner
in which the male and female skulls simulate each other
in the vast majority of their measurements, and yet shaqily
contrast in the. length of the lower jaws. A single ramus
can without fear be sexed so constant is this character ;
the ramii of adult males nearly reach 20 inches, and (iio-
females as nearlv reach 17 inches. The notes already
given as to the skulls and their profiles will serve to sex
the crania.

Our data respecting the living animals supplv the
information that the lower jaws of the males protnide at
least an inch and a half bevond the upper maxillae. This
accounts for fiftv ner cent, of the excess of ramal length,
and explains the reason for the male and female crania
bring similar in most of their measurements, and yet
showing so sharp a contrast in the matter of their man-
dibles. Our phot« will make this partly evident, as the

108 STUDIICS OF TASMANIAN CETACEA,

rod is sloped to touch both jaws. The following notes
upon the skeletons of the adult sexes will aid the stu-
dent in the determination of fragmentary elements and
even single bones.

COMPARATIVE CERVICAL VERTEBRA.

Measurement Made. Male. Female.

in. in.

Width across the processes of the axis 6f ... 6^

Total length of cervical series 3 J ... 3j

Width across centrum of cervical No. 7 2| ... 2

Vertical measurement of same 2f ... If

DORSAL VERTEBRA.

Measurement Made. Male. Female.

in. in.

Greatest height of dorsal No. 6 along angle

subtended by the spine 5| ... 5|

Across diapophyses of same 5| ... 4f

LUMBAR VERTEBRAE.

Measurement Made. Male. Female.

in. in.
total length of lumbars, 6, 1, 8, 9, 10, 11,

12, 13, 14 ... 151 ... 12i

Greatest width aqross diapophyses 12^ ... 9g:

Greatest height of neural spine 6| ... 5i

Greatest length of body of vertebra Ij ... li

SCAPULAE.

Measurement Made. Male. Female.

in. in.

Greatest scapular height 7 J- ... 6^

Greatest scapular width 12 ... 8|

ARM BONES.

Measurement Made. Male. Female.

in. in.

Length of humerus 3| ... 3^^

Length of radius 4^ ... 4J

Length of ulna (including the olecranon pro-
cess) 3^ ... 3^

Width of radius and ulna (distal) 3| ... 3^

Vertebral formula. Cervicals 7, the first two fused
to extinction in all sikeletons handled by us. Dorsals 13.
Lumbars 17. Candals 28. Total 65. Ribs 13 paii-s, five
of which reach the sternum, which latter is always in a
single piece.

BY H. H. SCOTT ASD CLIVE E. LORD. 109

HISTORY.

The two whales chiefly noted in this paper, both came
into the Tamar River (the male some yeais prior to the
female), and wore thus captured; both were in ill-health.
The male had just escaped from some titanic battle, and
was torn and mutilated. The female ascended the North
Esk to Hobblers' Bridge, and died there, but the male
still showed fight, and was killed in the Cataract Gorge,
and aftei-wards exhibited in Brisbane-street.

Both were similar in external outlines, and also in
colour. In the matt-er of the lower jaws, the mandibular
symphysis protruded more in the male than in the
female.

The upper parts of these Dolphins were deep black,
richly polished, with slate-coloured tints below. We hold
skulls and parts of skeletons from King Island, Flinders,
and the North-West Coast of Tasmania, and there is
some evidence in favour of admitting a second species of
Tursioj)s, but for the present we regard Tuminps fitrsio jvs
being alone certain. If a second species is shown to
exist, we think a curious twisting of the neural spines of
the lumbar vertebrae and the moderate length of some
eight feet odd, will largely enter into its specific charac-
ters. Twice we have traced such items, but we are still
awaiting the evidence obtainable from the dissection of a
complete specimen.

• In conclusion, we may just point out that as far as
our evidence goes the Turxinpx of Australian seas very
closely simulates that of European waters, and, upon the
whole, justifies the r-^tpntion of a single classification for
both parts of the £rlobe. It might be wise, however, to
retain for our Dolphins the additional distinctive title —
"Southern Form" — as we suggested in the early part of
our paper.

110

NOTES AND ADDITIONS TO THE FUNGUS

FLORA OF TASMANIA,

By L. Rodway, C.M.G.
Government Botanist.

Plate XXVI.

(Received 25th Aiigust, 1919. Read 1st September,

1919.)

Of the Agarics which may be gathered in Tas-
mania we have but a poor record. The reason is not
far to seek ; they are incapable of satisfactory preser-
vation. The softness of their structure causes such a
distortion in drying that means of critical comparison
are lost. Oeilainly they may be preserved in spirits or
formaline, but then the colour will go, and colour in
this group of plants is of first importance. The only
satisfactory way to proceed is to make a faithful water-
colour copy, also accurate notes of all features, and
trust that some expert may recognine and name them.

The following four species may certainly be
added : —

Gollyhia 'protracta, Fr. Solitary, dark brown,
almost black. Pileus to 5 cm., convex to plane, un^^-
bonate, smooth ; gills deep, dark gray often with a
lighter edge ; stem long, slender, solid fibrous. Spores
;smooth, hyaline 9x6^. Distinguished bv its black
colour, and very broad, crowded gills.

Found occasionally in partially shaded places.

Gollyhia Jnityrdcea, Bull. Pileus convex to plane,
smooth, rather hygrophanous, mostly 5-10 cm., watery
flesh coloured, browner when old ; gills very numerous,
delicate, white, receding with a decurrent tooth; stem
cartilaginous, stufTed usually expanding at the base.
.Spoi"6S hjj^aline, smooth, 6x3^.

Common, chiefly amongst wattle trees.

Flammula jjrasina, C. et M. Pileus convex,
subumbonate, mostly 5 cm., dull green in centre fading
to dull yellow towards the margin ; gills fairly numer-
ous dull yellow, receding with a decurrent tooth; stem
bold, 5-10 cm., pale yellow, solid, pithy in middle.
Spores brown, smooth, 8x4^.

Common in forests.

BY L. lioJDNSAY, C'.M.G. Ill

Pholiota aclipom, Fr. Pileus convex, 5-10 cm.,
glutiuous, yellow with darker s'luarrose scales; gills
broad yellow then ferruginous, adnate slightly rounded ;
stem long, often bulbous, yellow, surface floccose,
ringed.

Very common on dead wood.

Of other Hvmenomycetous Fungi not hitherto re-
corded as Ta^smanian : —

Hydnum. cyathlfurme, Sch. With a central stem,
squamous, vei^v like a Thelephora, dark gray to white ;
spines short, white, crowded. Spores h valine, globose,

:^> M.

Radiiliini in<il(in\ Fr. Rcsupinate, waxy developed
into irregular blunt tubercles; dull yellowish.

On dead wood.

Phhhia reflern. Berk. Resuj)inate, upper margin
reflexed, pui-plish brown, waxy, rai.sed into irregular
obtvise wrinkles more or le&s radiating.

On dead wood.

Bd/efus hail ills, Linn. A large coarse Bolet which
only appears under introduced Pine trees. Surface
brovm, tubes yellow, becoming greenish blue when
bruised.

Meruliiis (iiirriK, Fr. Very thin and closely ad-
hering, golden yellow, margin mycelioid, paler.

On dead wood.

Hi/nifiinrJifpff pur/tuna, C. ft Mitr. Distinguished
from the other members of the genus found in Tas-
mania by its purple colour.

On dead wood.

Clavaria rosea, Fr. Solitary or in small tufts, up
to 2 cm., obtuse, rosy, slender below, sjjores globose,

On the ground.

Hydnangium australiense often has the sterile base
caiTied through the gleba to the apex, assuming the
appearance of an obsolete stem. When this is so the
pileus is generally open below, exposing the gleba,
giving the plant all the charactei's of a Secotium.

Hydnauifiuni iiiicrospuriiitn. ii.s. Globose, 6 mm.
diameter, white to pale ochre. Peridium rather thick
and tough. Gleba dense, orange. ca.vities small, packed
with spores. Spores hyaline, globose, armed with short
spines or warts, 5-6 ^. diameter.
Mt. Nelson Range.

112 NOTES AND ADDITIONS TO THE FUNGUS FLOKA,

Apparently near Hydnangium hrishanensis, diflfer-
ing mainly in colour and density of gieba.

Hydnangium densum, n.s. Globose, pale ochre,

1 cm. diameter. Peridium very thick and tough. Gleba
marbled with black from the small spore cavities which
are about 0.3 mm. diameter and densely packed with
spores. Spores globose, brown, minutely echinulate,

Mt. Nelson Range.

A very curious species. In section the thick peri-
dium and black spore cavities and general dense struc-
ture differ from other members of the genus.

Hydnangium alveolatuiii, C. et M. Subglobose, palb
ochre, 5-10 cm. diameter. Peridium thin fleshy, gleba
dense, cells pale ochre numerous, about 0-2 mm. dia-
meter, densei; spores globose, minutely alveolate, 10-12
11. diameter.

Valley at foot of Mt. Wellington.

Hysterangium atratum, n.s Subglobose, 1.5-2 cm.
diameter, dark brown, viscid. Peridium fleshy, tough,,
thin; gleba dark brown, canals small but very numer-
ous. Spores dark brown, nearly globose 12 x 11
fx,^ minutely alveolate.

Very like H. negJectum, but with very different
spores.

Mt. Nelson Range.

Hysterangium ohtusum, n.s. Irregularly globose

2 cm., violet when fresh. Peridium thick violet not
easily se.parati;ig from the gleba. Gleba pale slatey
olive. Spores oblong, very obtuse, smooth, hyaline, &
X 4 /i.

Differing from thei H . affine in peridium and spores.
Mt. Nelson Range.

Hymenogaster fulvus is described in P. et P. R.S>
Tas., 1917, p. 109, as being black. It becomes so when
old, but is pale gray when young.

tSecotium ochraceum, n.s. Underground sub-
globose, 1-2 cm. diameter. Pale ochre-brown, sur-
face verrucose, peridium very thin, hardly appa,rent;
stem short, extending to the upper surface, but not
produced laterally on the pileus. Gleba ochraceous,
canals bold tortuous, dissepiments thin. Spores elliptic,
subacute at both ends, pale-brown, smooth, 16 x 8 ^u.

Very like forms of S. gunnii, but spores twice as
long.

Cascades, Hobart.

p. & p. R. Soc. Tas., 1919

Plate XXVI.

SPRAGUEOLA MUCIDA, n.s.

BY h. RODWAY, C.M.t;. 113

Crucibulum simile, Mass. Usually many together,
6-10 mm. high, mouth expanding becoming revolute ;
externally tomentosc. Spores colourless, subglobose,
4x3^. .

Trf'tiie//u vinosa, Mass. This plant was described
in the Kew Bulletin in October, 1899, from specimens
gathered in Tasmania, but does not appear to have
been recorded locally. The following is Massee's de-
scription : —

Gelatinous, soft, gyroso-plical<*, glabrous, vinous,
1-2 cm. broad. Basidia globose, stcrigmata 4.
Spores subglobose, hyaline, smooth 10;n.
Allied to T. corrvgata, Sch.

On dead wood. Distinguished from all other Tas-
jTianian Tremellas by the dark vinous colour.

Puccinia ohtegens, Tul., also known as Puccinin
xuaveoltns, Rostr. This is a rust fungus, which appears
to be parasitic only on the California Thistle. It has
recently appeared in Tasmania, and is showing much
activity. Plants attacked by it become sickly, and
do not flower. It may have, in the future, considerable
value as a means of controlling the weed.

Amongst Ascnmycetes the following may be re-
corded : —

C'hlorosplenivm ceruginustun, Tul. Like other
members of the genus it is of dark blue-green colour,
and extends this colour to the wood on which it grows.
The cups are thin, and often irregular in shape. It
differs from our commoner Chhtr. oinnivtrtns, bv the
spores being shorter and narrower, being 12-14 x
3-4 M.

Trichopeziza sphceru/a, Sacc. A minute yellow
peziza, hairy on the e^^ternal surface, growing on the
bark of She and Bulloak.

Cibnria firma, Pers. In the description of the
genus, the sporophorc is stated to be borne on a long
stem. Though the long-stemmed form is common in
Tasmania, it is sometimes mot with a stem so short as
\o appro.ximat« with the genus Helntium.

Helotiuni nigripes, Pers., is referred to in Cooko ae
the atem turning blackish, and the spores 5x1-5 /»■
long. A very common form, which is usually considered
to bo typical, has the whole external surface more or
ks3 black, and the spores 11 x 3 ^.
H

114 NOTES AND ADDITIONS TO THE FUNCxUS FLORA,

H Ulnar ia hovina, Sarr. Concave to jolane wav3>
soft-fleshy, umber, with a dull greenish tint, smooth
5-10 mm. Spores oblong smooth 19-22 x 9-11 ^.

On cowdung, together with Lachnea stercorea.
AiiCohoJoH f urfuraceus, etc.

Da«y^cijp]ta tacalyiiti, JierJi., is much more variable
than indicated in Cookes Handbook. It grows on all
sorts of dead twigs and leaves, sometimes attains 4 mm.
diameter, the disk is livid when fresh, deep orange
when dry. Spores 16-24 x 4.5-8 ^.

OrhUia cj-ystalina, ii.s. Globose, waxy, gre-
garious, orange, 1-2 mm. diameter, surface crystalline,
with large, prominent, pellucid cells. Hymcnium at
first covered with a crystalline membrane; as the
hymenium expands the membrane bursts in the middle,
and remains as a toothed margin; hymenium expands
till it is broad, flat, to convex. Asci cylindric-clavate
y fj- diameter. Paraphyses few, filiform, yellow^

2.0 fj.. Spores uniseriate, hyaline, smooth, elliptic
with acute ends, 18 x 7 ,a. The broad sjiores readily
distinguish it.

Cascade estate, Hobart.

S [)r(i(jueo](i iinicidd, ii.-s Ascoplioi'e sessile, subglo-
bose, vaguely nodulose, about 5 mm. diameter, subter-
ranean, growing on buried wood, white. Hymenium
covering the entire surface. Asci cylindric. Spores 8,.
globose, coarsely echinulate, 18 ^t. diameter, uniseri-
ate, paraphyses greatly exceeding the asci, filiform at-
tenuate at apex, immersed in dense jelly. At maturity
the jelly increases to 1-2 cm., carrying paraphyses
and asci with it.

Underground. jNU. Nelson Range.

The genus is founded upon one rare American
species — ^"only two specimens are known; these are in
"the Kew Herbarium" (Massee). Our plant differs from
the type in having globose instead of elliptical spores
and the development of jelly is unique. The sessile
habit of the genus is not common amongst ficoglossea',
but the reduction of hypothecium and total absence of
oxcipulum indicates its relation. The round spores
suggest yeiihrfd, but habit and copious paraphyses are
against it.

Ctnunuiiuiii fiirfiinicriini, T)( Xot. CVspitose and
erumpent from a common base, cver3'where black. As-
cophores about 5 mm. high and broad, cupshaped but
iiuich distorted from mutual pressure, tough, externally

BY L. ItoDWAY, C.V.U. 115

rough. Asci clavate, spores hyaline, spindle shaped
with obtuse ends, slightly curved. 12 x 2 fx
On dead cucalypt.

Tlr.? hyiiieniuni in the typical European form is
described as cinnamon, while ours is at least very dark
brown, but otherwise there appears no distinction.

Paurorotylis niveit<, ii.". In the definition of the
genus, Berkeley gives no description of the spore forma-
tion, but under P. pi/a he refers to the spores being
foiTTicd on pellucid peduncles. In the Tasmanian plant
the spores are born singlv in globose asci.

Subterranean or emerging, globose, pure white
mostly 3-G mm. diameter; dense and tough, canals
very irregular. Asci globose 30-50 ^., numerous, en-
tirclv tiliing the canals, eath on a long slender
peduncle, and containing a >.in</!(' globose strongly
fchinulate spore 16 //. diameter, cpisporc verv thick.

On the ground Ca.=cade estate, Ilobart.

SjtIiirriisii/iKi fd-^iiitni/rti, n,-;. Sul)t«-rraiu'an. then
])artially emerging, globosc-convolut*', ochre to nearly
white 1 cm. diameter, Heshv-cartilaginous, hollow,
closed or opening <.n one side towards the base;
hymenium covering the internal surface, wall 1.5 mm.
thick. Asci linear, spores 8 uni?eriate, elliptic, obtuse,
coai-scly echinulate 24 x 16 «. Paraphvses filiform,

with a globose tiji.

Ca.scadc estate, Ilobart.

Very like IJ ifti norifxtix rifrhisiinni . onlv viiv fliffer-
ent spores, and not opening abovr

AttJ(i(irn jthiiiii iiiroJ II pi i , ('. it M. Linear black
a))othecia, many on livid spots.

On leaver of Eur. ulilifpni. and other P2ucalvpts.

M irrofli iiriK ii: n m jiiplnl i nil in , ('. ci M . A shield
slia])ed flat pcrilhecium, superficial.

(^n the surface of loaves of Hur. tiniipjilnliiw and
others.

Erysiplw jnthfipini, DJ'., also known as EriiHiphe
rnniiniinis, (,'rfi\, is a mildew that is making its pi'esence
fflt amongst garden flowers, especiallv Sweet Peas.

II 1/ piicrfii siifftirid, Srinr. C. G. Llovd writes

that our plant, commonly refcired to //. ritrina, Pers.,
is erroneouslv detern ined ; should be as above.

116 NOTES AND ADDITIONtS TO TIE FUNGUS FLO(!A.

Gordyceps gracilis, Grev. A specimen of this has
recently been gathered on Mt. Nelson Range. Two
*'lubs emerged from a larva; stipes pale, about 1 cm.,
head oblong, yellow, about 4 mm. long.

Mr. Olliff, once Government Entomologist of New
South Wales, renamed this as C. scottianus, but there
wa« no apparent justification. As he also named a
form of G. rohertsii as new, under the name of G.
ficlkirkii, and another as G. coxii, and further resusci-
tated a plate of G. taylnri. Berk., which had appeared
in Hooker's Jom-n. Bot. N.S., Vol. II., 1843, and made
it the type of a new species, under the name G.
tricteiKe, his suggested new species have not been
generally accepted.

Gordyceps robertsii, Hook. The well known Veget-
able Caterpillar of New Zealand has been recently
gathered in a gully at the foot of Mt. Wellington. It
is easy to overlook this, and pi"obably diligent search
will bring more to light.

Gyatopus tragopoff(>ni>^, Schr. Occui's on many
different Composites, but is particularly abundant on
the leaves of Lagennphom emphyxopus^ forming con-
spieuou.s white patches.

Amongst the Incompletse, the following interest-
ing forms may be recorded: —

Dendrodochium ninlle, 7i.s. Subglobose from a

broad base, 2-4 mm. diam., soft waxy-gelatinous, dull
white. Conidiophorcs verticillate, conidia single, ter-
minating long slender branches, ?> x 4 ^u.

Common on dead wood, collapsing when dry into
a flat scale.

VerticiUiuin later it iuin. Berk., forming broadly
offused velvety orange-red or vermilion coloured
patches. Sporophores erect, verticil] at ely branched,
conidia elliptic, red, 4-6 x 3 /*•

Common on dead vegetable substances.

Stilbum erythrocepnalum, Ditm. Stem thick, to-
mentose, whitish, terminating in a turbinato-globose.
rosy or deep red head; conidia elliptical, 4-6 x 2-2.3.
hyaline, borne on slender sepia to, colourless conidio-
phores that are nodulose at the apex, 50-60 x 3-3.5 ^.
(Massee).

On rabbit's dung.

EXPLANATION OF PLATE XXVi.

SPRAGUEOLA MUCIDA, ii..s.

1. Tuber s 10. 2. Section. 3. Ascus ami Paraphysis, Spore.

p. & p. Roy. Soc. Tas , 1919.

Plate XXVII.

^

w

^:

ii:

AUSTRALIAN RHYPUIDA': AND LEPTIDJE

(DIPTERA ).

By G. H. Hardy.

Plate XXVII.

(Received 24th June, 1919. Read 1st September. 1919.)

Owing to the discovei-y that the well known lihyphim
hrii'is, Walker, is a synonym ol" Macquart's Jf. dubivf:,
which was misplaced by the latter author with doubt in
the genus Chrysopi/ns (Lfptifla), and as Walkers name
i.s now generally used in literature, it is necessary tliat an
early notification of this change of name be published.

This opportunity is taken to revise the Rhyphida ,
which family contains but one known species in AustraJia.

Fam. RHYPHID^:

This family may be descril)id as follows: — Slender
insects with filiform antenna? containing 16 joints, the two
basal differentiated, the flagelhiin (3-16) tapenng apic-
ally; with two ba.sal and a dis( oidal cell complete, anal
cell widely open, all veins simjile, not forked; five pos-
terior veins; macrotrichia (at least in the Australian spe-
cies) on the membrane of the wing. Abdomen with 7
segments.

The following is rendei-ed from Kcrtcsz' key in Term.
Fuz. XXV., page A, 1902: —

Key fi) tlif (teverii of Rhyjthidcr.
1. Radial vein curved, marginal cell open on border.

Rhyjdnix.
Radial vein straight, closing marginal cell by meeting
the subcosta at cost a. 2.

2 Radial vein rising from cubital anterior to the trans-
verse cross-vein, almost opposite the base of the
discoidal cell. Eyes bare. Olhior/ outer.

Radial vein rising from the cubital at the transverse
cross vein. Eyes hairy. Lobingaster.

Genus R/iyp/ui.<, Latr., has a wide distribution, occur-
ring in Europe, Africa, India, Java, Australia, New Zea-
land, and America (North and South) ; genus Olhiogasier,
Ost-Sack., is only known from the Southern parts of North
America; and genus Lrthiixiuxter. Phil., occurs in Chili.

118 AUSTRALIAN RHYPHIO.E AND LEPTIDyE (dIPTEKA),

G-enus Rhyphus, Latreille.
Latr. Hist. Nat. Cvust. et Ins. xiv. 291., 1804.

Kertesiz. Cat. Dipt. Vol. 1., pg. 304. 1902 (which sec for
synonymy).

Characters as described under the family ; radial vein
curved, eyes in 9 separate, in $ contiguous, bare. Ab-
domen cylindrical, elongate tapering. Legs simple, slen-
der, spines at most only indicated by strong hairs on the
posterior tibise ; anterior tibia? with one, intermediate and
posterior tibiae with two apical spurs.

J^/ii/j/fnis (luJjitis, Macc[.

(lirysuptJiis diihiuH, Macq., Dipt. Exot. suppl. 4, pg 104,
tab. 9, fig. 18, 1850.

IDiyplivs. hrevix, Walk., Ins. Saund. Dipt, i., pg. 449, 1856.

Macquarts so called ('Iirysopilus //itfi/iis is a Rliifphid.
The description from a mutilated specimen and the figure
of the wing show conspicuous evidence that this is the case,
since the wing markings and the wide anal cell agree with
those of tne common tlhyphid known as R. Jircvis. The
figure shows the cubital vein forked, but the desciiption
would lead one to suppose otherwise, as only one sub-
marginal cell is mentioned; indeed, such discrepancies are
not unusual in Macquarts work. The type specimen is
from East Avistralia, and Walker's type is Tasmaniau ; a
comparison of Sydney and Tasmanian specimens shows
them to be identical.

Easily recognised by its brownish colour, wings much
spotted and macrotrichia on the membrane of the wing
as well as on the veins. Dr. Tillyard records these macro-
trichia in P.L.S. N.S.W. xliii., pp. 627-641, text figures
aud plate, 1918.

Yellowish brown. Eyes bare, black ; ocellar tubercle
black ; flagellum of antennse black. Thorax with three
broad black stripes, the central strijie leaching neck. Ab-
domen more or lessi stained black. Thorax and scutellum
have bristles, or hair-like bristles which are not always
easy to differentiate. The following, according to their
position and size, are undoubtedly bristles : — 2 dorso-
scutellar, 4 notoplural, 1 supra-alar, 2 interalar ; dorso-
central and acrostichal bristles indicated by conspicuous
bristles posteriorly which become more hair-like anterior-
ly, and other anterior hair-like bristles can be traced on
the thorax. Wings hyaline, slightly fuscous at base,
fuscous spots at humeral and median cross veins, and dis-
tinctly irregular fuscous bands (very spot like) from costa;

BV <;. 11. iiAj;i>Y. 119

•one band through base of discoidal cell to the tip of the
5th pdsterior vein ; a second from stigma through tip of
discoidal to apex of 4th posterior ; a third half way be-
tween this to the tip of the wing, reaching into the 3rd
]X)sterior cell ; and finally the wing is bordei-ed fuscous
from the apex to the aiial vein. The sexes are vei^y simi-
lar, the eyes contiguous in $ , and widely sepai'ate in 2 .
In respect of the foi-mer the abdomen is much more slender
and cylindrical.

Length $ 5-0 iiiin., $ 1-7 iniii. ,

Hab. Tasmania, Hobart, September to November;
New South Wales, Svdncv. June ; Western Australia,
Perth.

The specimen utili.'-ed for the above description is in
tiio Australian Museum, and was captured at Neutral
Bay, Sydney, on the 7th .lune, 1917. (Collector. — A
^lusgrave.)

The species is abundant during |>art of the year, and
will probably he found to have a wide distribution in Aus^
tialia.

Fam. LEPTIDJ:.

The known Australian genera may be characterised as
follows : —

Thorax, scutcUum, and abdomen without bristles, the
biistles of the legs if |)jesent arc either thin or small.
Abdomen either elongate and ta))eiing, or conical. Anal
cell closed, or ^t most narrowly open at border; cubital
vein forked ; 4 or 5 posterior veins, all reaching margin
except in genus Sjianio/isis, where the third ))Osterior vein
is stunted if present. Antenna? three jointed at least, the
third joint bearing an appendage of apical joints in the
form of an arista thickened and composed of more than
one joint, thickened basally and unjointed. or hairlike.
Tibia; with or without apical spurs.

Mefopoiiin riihrirtjis. Macq., belongs to the Sfrafio-
III jl a da'.

C'/iri/siip//i(s (iK/iiiix, Macc[., belongs to, and is treated
in, the /l/n/pln'fhr above.

The following key will separate the known Australian
Genera : —

Rey tn the Genera of AuxtraJ ion Leptifhc

1 Five posterior cells 2.

Four posterior cells 5.

1! Fourth posterior cell closed Clesthenia .

Fourth posterior cell open 3.

120 AUSTRALIAN' UHYPHIDvE AND LEPTID.42 (DIPTERA],

3. Antcniice with unjointed arista, eyes touchii)g in $

widely separate in $ . 4.

Antennae with arista jointed and thickened, eyes

separate in both sexes.. Atherifiutrpha.

4. Eyes bare, abdomen elongate, anterior tibia^ without

spurs, inteimediato with two, and posterior with
one spur. C'hri/so/)^^^^;.

Eyes pubescent, abdomen conical, short, anterior tibiae
with one, intermediate and posterior tibiae with
two spurs. Danynnima.

5. Wings hyaline, indications of the third posteiior vein

usually piesent, fourth posterior vein rising from
the discal cell about \ length from base. Blood-
sucking. S im II i opsin.

Wings spotted, 3rd posterior vein rising from ',' length
of discal cell, no trace of the fourth posterior vein:
present. Non blood-sucking. Ausfmleptis.

Genus Clesthenia, White.

White, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 45, text fig. 3 (wing)'
1914.
This genus is eharacteiised by : — Five posterior cells,,
fourth and anal cell closed : antenna? three jointed with a
short thickened two jointed (apparently) terminal style :
legs with all tibiae two s}Turred ;♦ thorax arched, and abdo-
men conical. Eyes bare, separate in both sexes, short
bristles on intermediate and posterior tibiae.

Clcsihenid (iherrans, White.
(PI XXVII., fig 1.)
White, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 46, text fig. 3, 1914.
Hab. Tasmania; Hobart, Mangalore, Mt. Wellington,.
Dunalley.

Type in the British Museum.

Genus Atherimorpha, White.
White, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 41, text fig. 1, 1914.
Five posterior cells open, anal cell narrowly open or
closed ; antennae three jointed with a jointed thickened
style, anterior tibiae without spurs, intermediate and pos-
terior tibiae with two spurs, abdomen elongate tapering,
eyes sieparate in both sexes, bare; tibiae with conspicuous
bristles.

BY G. H HARDY ILM

Aflierimorpha vernalii^, White

(PI. XXVII., fig. 2).

AVhite, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 42, text fig. 1, 1914.

Hab. Tasmania; Geeveston, Mt. Wellington, Hobart,
Sandford, Bagdad, Cradle Mt. White states that a near
ally occurs in New South Wales. Victoria; RingwcKxl
inth Oct., 1918, one $ specimen (C. E. Cole).

At Cradle Mt. a yellow brown variety was taken as
well as the ordinary form.

Type in the British Museum.

Atherix pM.<ti7/«, Macq.

Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 5, pg. 88, pi 2, fig. 13",.
1854.

The description and the figure of the wing of this
species are nearest to C/iri/sopi/us aqufilix^ Walker, but
it is inconceivable that Macquart would place a species
of the genus (.'/iri/wjjilns into the genus Athcri r. Possiblv
the species belongs to the genus Atheriynorjilia.

Macquart's description i.s short, and as follows: —
"Length 2 lines. $ . Black (denuded), with traces of
"white pubescence. Legs black, tibia? fawn. Wings grev ;
"stigzna brown. Adelaide.

Genu.s CHnYSOPii.Ts, Macq.
C/iri/wj/i/us, Macq., Recueil Soc. Sci. Agric. Lille, pg.
403. 1826.

Kcrtesz, Cat. Dipt. Vol. 3. pg. 317. 1908

(which see for synonymy).
White, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm.. pg. 391 1914.
Five posterior cells open, anal closed; ant<inna? three
jointed with a hair-like terminal arista; anterior tibia?
without spurs, intermediate with two, posterior with one
spur; abdomen slender; eyes contiguous in ,J , separate
in ?, without pubescence; tibia without bristles.

ChrysopiltiK n'f/iinlis, Walk.

(Plate XXVII., figs. 3, 4.)

Lr-/ifl.< (rf/iinfls. Walker, List. Dipt. B.M. i.. pg. 216. 1848.

? Froggatt, Austr. Ins., pg. 296. 1907.
Chrysopilus cequalh, Kcrtesz. Cat. Dipt, iii., pg. 317, 1908.
Chrysopilo. rufipe.^, Macquart, Dipt. Exot. suppl. 4, pg. 103,
pi. 9, fig. 17, 1849.

122 AUSTRALIAN RHYPHIDiE AND LEPTID.E (DIPTERa),

Chrysopilm rufiiJes, White, P. and P. Hoy. Soc. Tasm.,

pg. 40, 1914.
Vhri/sojji/iis antipodes, Bigot, Soc. Zool. France, xii., jjg.

105, 1887.
Chrympilus tasTnaniensis, White, P. and P. Roy. Soc. Tasm.,

pg. 40, 1914.

Specimens of Chri/sojii/i(-< arc represented in most of
the collections examined by me, and they invariably
belong to this variable species, two forms of which White
separated on colour and habits in Tasmania.

An extreme foi'm is common at Trevallyn, Launces-
ton, which has an extra wide head, and the wings are
suffused with black anteriorly from the base and' i-each
to two thirds of the length of the costa. Mr. C. E. Cole
took a specimen approaching this form at Eltham, Victoria.

Macquart's species from Tasmania was evidently cor-
rectly identified by White, and Bigot's sjaecies is probably
identical. White's type of C. faxinaniensiK only differs in
the colour of the legs and probably this, is the form
described by Walker from Australia as Leptix aqualh.

A long series of specimens shows these forms merging
into each other and tnerefore they cannot be considered
distinct species.

Hab. — Tasmania : Mt. Wellington, Hobart, Bagdad
Valley, Eaglehawk Neck, Mt. Maria, Launceston, Cradle
Mt. It has a wide distribution throughout Tasmania and
occurs from October to April.

Victoria: One specimen, Eltham, 26th October, 1918.
(Collector.— C. E. Cole.)

New South V/ales : One specimen from behind Sublime
Point, Thirroul, 30th March, 1918. Also a number in the
Macleay Museum.

The type of ('. t(i>!iiiani('iisix. White, is in the British
Museum.

C/tri/sopihis fn'rafuK, Fabr.

Atherix niirdfiis, Fabr., Syst. Ant., pg. 73, 1805.
•Chry.sopiliix (iitratus, Kertesz. Cat. Dipt, iii., pg. 318, 1908

(which seei for further references).
h'hayio atrata, Meig., Klass. Ins. 302, 1805.
ChriisupUa atrata, Macq., Dipt. Exot., suppl. 2., pg. 50,

1847; Walk., Ins. Saund. Dipt, i., pg. 164, 1852.

This species is European, and the Australian records are

evidently incorrect. Neither Macquart nor Walker gave

any definite descriptionsi, and it is impossible to determine

what species they a.ctually had before them.

BY G. If. HARDY. 123

Genus Dasyomma, Macq.

Macq., Dipt. Exot. 2. i., pg. 31, 1840.

Five posterior cells open, anal cell narrowly open; an-
tennae three jointed with a tcn-minal unjointcd arista which
is slightly thickened basally ; tibiae without bristles, an-
teiior with one, intermediate and posterior with two apical
spurs; abdomen conical ; eyes jjubescent, contiguous in the
S , widely separated in the $ .

Hitherto this genus was only known from Chili.
]\lacquart separated it from Lt^pfis by the pubescent eyes.
This record of Australian allies to the Chilian species is of
special interest, parallel to that of genus I'elerorhi/nc/ntx
{Tnhdiiitlu).

Ktij to (iniK^ Dnayonima .

1. Wings spotted, eyes thickly pubescent. tnaritlipennix.

Wings suffused with black, not spotted, eyes scantily

pubescent. 2.

2 Antennae reddish, abdomen entirely black. t/i.ssl/ni/is.

Antennae black, abdomen brown, with apex of segments

black. (/i-ssi/tiilis var.

Dinifiiiii inn inani/ipeitnis, sp. nov.

Eye.s thickiv pubescent : wings suffused with brown,
with dark spots.

$ . Shining black, face with tracings of greyish or
biownish grey tomentum, eyes contiguous, thickly pube-
scent ; antennae with black hair on the two basal segments,
beard yellowish grey, with a little black anteriorly nearest
antennae. Thorax with two grey tomentose median stripes
and obscurely grey laterally, but these markings may be
entirely obsolete; haire yellowish mixed with a little weak
black hair, similar hairs on scutellum and abdomen.
Femora black, anterior and median with longish white
hairs below ; tibiae reddish black, apicallv stained black ;
tarsi reddish, all joints apicallv black; wings dark, very
brownish basally and along costa to tip of the radial vein,
dark spots at the apex of the two basal and discoidal cells
and also at base of the cubital fork.

$ . Similar but lighter in the thorax ; head yellowish
brown with the thickiv pubescent eves widely separated ;
third joint of antennae, ocellar tubercle, and a moderately
large frontal tubercle black ; legs yellowish, all apices of
joints stained black.

124 AUSTRALIAN RHYPHID.« AND LEPTID^ (dIPTEKA),

Vailetir's : — The above descriptions are takt'ii from the
i holotype and $ allotype; the paratypes vary to a con-

ixXAa degree m colour and markings; any part may
b-i more brov.>nish than black, and in the ? the abdome»
is sometimes brcwn with apical margins of segments black,
and the thorax mav appear brown with three black stripes,
th? centre being btjmeHme? obscure, or the lateral ones.
luiL-rn pted.

Length, 5-6 mm.

Holotype and allotype in the Australian Museum.

Hab. Tasmania:— Cradle Mt., 9 ^ , 2 ? , 11th to 21st
Jan., 1917; Launceston, 2 ?; 2Sth Oct., 1916, and 7th
Jan., 1917.

Da^yomma distiiinilis, sp. nov.
(PI. XXVII., figs. 5, 6.)

Very similar to D. macuUpennis, but easily distin-
guished by the apparently bare eyes, which, however, are
found to be scantily pubescent, when seen under a low
power microscope; the wings without spots, suffused with
brown.

$ . Thorax and abdomen shining black, head covered
with brownish grey tomentum, the first twoi joints of the
antennje reddish, palpi brownish black with black hairs;
p!-oboscis and thii'd joint of antennas black ; hairs on
thorax, scutellum and abdomen black ; femora shining
black or brown, tibiae and tarsi brownish with black apices,
the legs are, however, variable in colour.

Length, 6 mm.

$ var. This vaiiety, which may possibly represent
a distinct species, has the abdomen brown, with apices of
segmentg black ; the legsi much darker, and the antennae
entirely black ; the general appearance of the insect is
distinct, but there seem to be no characters other than
colour and size between it and the typical form.

Length, 5 mm.

$ . Evidently belongs to the above variety, and is
similar in colouration to the brownish form of D. niaculi-
jjennis. The frontal and ocellar spots are united, the
thorax stripes are obscured with blackish, and nearly' all
hairs black. It also differs by having only scanty pubc-
sconco on the eyes.

Brown ; ocelli, frontal tubercle, third joint of an-
tennae, three obscure stripes on thorax, apices of joint."^
of legs, apical borders of abdominal segments, hair of

BY G. H. HAKDY. 125

thorax, abdomen, antennae, palpi, a little on other part*
of head and legs, black.

Length, 5 mm.

Holotype, allotype, and the holotype var. in the Aus-
tralian Museum.

Hab. Tasmania: — Oradle Mt., holotype 16th Jan.,
1917; holotype var. and allotype 16th Jan., 1917; para-
type, 16th Jan.. 1917; paratype var. 21st Jan., 1917.
Mt. Wellington, paratype, 6th Jan., 191G. In all 6 speci-
mens.

G^nus Spaniopsis, White.
White, P. & P., Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 43, text fig. 2, 1914.
Fergu.son, J. & P., Roy. Soc. N.S.W., vol. 49, pg. 233,
plate 2G, 1915."
Antenna? with the first and second joints small, the
third large, tcrniinallv produced into a thickened jointed
appendage. Wings with only four posterior cells, the
third posterior vein being reduced to a stump which is
occasionally absent; the fourth posterior branches from
about one quarter the length of the discoidal cell ; the
lower bninch of the cubital fork ends at the tip of the
wing; anal cell closed beforo the border of the wing; eyes
bare, in the female separate ( $ unknown); abdomen con-
ical; tibiae without bristles, the anterior and posterior
without spurs, the intermediate with two spurs.

The female has blood-sucking habits.

Dr. Ferguson has given a key to the identifica.tion of
the s])ecie8 founded on colour which is very reliable and
oasy for ii.sc. The following key is founded on struf-
*ure : —

Aey to Genu-; S pajiiopsii-:.

1. Terminal appendage of antenna; twice the length of the

three basal joints. lovgicornix.

Terminal appendage of antenna; about as long as the

three basal joints. 2.

2. The third joint of antenna? swelling away from its

terminal appendage towards the base much more
dorsally than ventrally. 3.

The third joint of antenna? .swelling from its terminal

appendage more or less uniformly above and be-

I ow . 4 .

3 Terminal appendage of antennae a little longer +han the

length of the three basal joints. marfjiriipe'nni'x.

T(Mminal apnendasre of antennae a little shorter than
the length of the three basal joints. clelandi.

126 AUSTEALIAN RHYPHID.E AND LEPTID^ (dIPTERA),

4 A small species from N.S.W., 3 mm. long. vexans.

A larger species 5 mm. long from Tasmania.

tahaniformh.

Spaniopah fdhaniforniis, White.

White, P. & P. Roy. Soc. Tasm., pg. 44, text fig. 2, 1914.
Ferguson, J. & P. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., pg. 238, PI.
26, fig. 11, 1915.

Hab. Tasmania. The only specimen taken, since the
original 13 from Freycinet's Peninsula in 1914, was cap-
tured by Mr. C. Cole at Wedge Bay, during Easter, 1917.

Spaniopxix verdns, Ferg.

Ferguson, J. & P. Rov. Soc. N.S.W. xlix., pg. 238, pi. 26.
figs. 6 and 10, 1915.
Hab. New South Wales: — Heathcote, June, 1917, and
Thirroul (Sublime Point), 30th March, 1918. 2 specimens.

S pa mopxis rlchindi, Ferg.

Ferguson, J. & P. Roy. Soc. N.S.W. , xlix., pg. 240, pi. 26,
figs. 5 and 9, 1915.
Hab. New South Wales: — 2 specimens, Thirroul (Sub-
lime Point), 30th and 31st March, 1918,.

S pa II i(ip<l-'< 1)1(1 i(j in ipenn's, Ferg.

Ferguson, J. & P. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., pg. 239, pi. 26.
figs. 2, 4, and 8, 1915.
Hab. New South Wales: — Heathcote, June, 1917,
about 40 specimens, very common at the bottom of a
gully; Hornsby, June, 1917.

S pa niopiiia loiif/iruriiix^ Ferg.

Ferguson, J. & P. Roy. Soc. N.S.W., xlix., pg. 242, pi. 26,
figs 1, 3, and 7, 1915.

Hab. New South Wales: — ^Heathcote, June, 1917, 3
specimens.

Genus Austroleptis, gen. nov.

Antennae 7 jointed, composed of two more or less equal
basal joints, both about as wide as long, third swollen and
much compressed, and a terminal complex of four closely
fitting but distinct joints, which under a coddington lens
often looks like only three. The venation is soiwewhat

BY G. H. IIAKDY. 12.7

similar to SiHuiiopsk in appearance, but entirely different
structurally; there are only four posterior cells, the third
postei-ior vein (coincident with the fourth) branches from
beyond half the length of tlie discal cell ; the lower branch
of the cubital fork runs to or above the tip of the wing;
anal cell closed by the true fifth (apparent fourth) pos-
terior vein a little before the border of the wing; the
transverse vein situated about one third the length of the
discal cell. The wings much marked with spots. Tibiaj
without conspicuous bristle.'--, at most with a few weak ones
on tho anterior leg? ; intermediate and hind tibia^ with
two apical spurs, which can only be seen with difficulty
under a lens; abdomen conical; eyes bare, contiguous in
tho $ , separate in ? .

Type of the genus. — A. r!ii//i/,(iifhs, sp. nov

Tasmania.

,i iiffm^i /iti< rli 11 itli<,i<li .<, sp. nov.

(PI XXVII., figs 7, 8. 9.)

i . Black ; head with scanty hairs, palpi with black
hairs, eyes smooth, ocelli on a raised tubercle, with black
hairs, back of head with few black hairs and thin bristles ;
thorax with long black hairs, and with scanty traces
of brownish grey tonientum, scutellum with long black
hairs ; base and apex of femora, tibiae, and base of tarsi
yellowish ; abdomen with base of segments black, ajncally
yellowi,-li brown ; long bristly black hiteral hairs ; under-
side similar; wings hyaline, basal half more or less vellow-
ish, a black spot on fork of radial and subcostal veins,
finotlur at stigma, reaching the base of the cubital fork,
a small spot at apex of lower branch of cubital vein ; two
spots along the first posterior vein situated at middle and
sub-apex, two spots on .second and third posterior veins
.situated at base and «ub-apex ; a spot at discal cross vein,
and another en the fifth jjopterior vein where it runs into
the anal vein. There are other, but indefinite, indica-
tions of black on the wings.

? Yellowish brown ; head Inown, proboscis black,
apex of antennae black, front blackish centrallv extending
to two black spots near eyes; thorax with three median
and two lateral black stripes, central stripe faint ; tip
of scutellum black: black hair on thorax and scutellum,
>liorter than in $ . Legs yellowish, femora darker, tips,

of tarsi black, all hairs black ; abdomen similar to ;f; ,
but more brown. Wings as in ^ .

Length, $ 3.\-<5 mm. ; $ 5-6 mm.

128 AUSTltALIAN PvHYPHlD^ AND LEPTID^ (DIPTEKa),

Holotype and allotype in the Australian Museum.

Hab. Mt. Wellington, Tasmania. Holotype ( ^ ), mIIo-
type ( ? ), 2nd Decembei-, 19 IG. 13 $ paratypes, from
25t.h November to 4th December. 1 ? paratype, 31st
December, 1917; also a long series in Mr. Clive Cole's col-
lection.

This species occurs near "The Springs' (2,000ft.),

where the $ can be taken on fallen logs, the ? (rare) can

be taken by sweeping. The fly appears in quantities for

about a fortnight, after which it becomes excessively rare;

? ? are rare at all times.

Autitrohptis multimaculata, sp. nov.
(PI. XXVII., fig. 10.)

$ . Differs from A. rhyj)1ioides chiefly in the spots of
the wings, the entirely black abdomen, darker legs, and
finally the hairs on face, thorax, and abdomen are lighter.

Wings. Oostal cell with one spot at basal cross vein,
one at half length, and the apical quarter is suffused
black ; apical half of marginal cell suffused black ; spots
in submarginal at base, middle and three quarters length ;
.second submarginal cell spots at base, quarter, middle,
;^ud three quarters; 1st posterior with spot at base; fol-
lowed by six others; 2nd, 3rd, and 4th posterior cells have
Lwo spots eiach ; auxiliary cell with three spots ; discal
■coll -with two spots ; there are indications of other spots
more or less present. The veins between the 2nd and
5rd posterior and discal cells, between discal and basal
>cell9, between fourth posterior, 2nd basal, and anal cells,
suffused black.

Length, 3^ mm.

Holotype in the Australian Museum.

Hab. Tasmania: — ^Cradle Mt., 1 specimen, $, 22nd
Jan., 1917.

BIBLIOGRAPHY (LEPTID^).

This list contains only works dealing with Taxonomic
Entomology, and includes references to the original generic
descriptions as well as the genera and species described
from Australia.
Bigot. Paris. — Societe Zoologique de France, Bulletin 12,

1887.
IFerguson. Kova.^ Po^p^-v o^" N'^w South Wales; Journal

& Proceedings, Vol. 49. plate 26, 1914.

BY G. H. HARDY. 129

Froggatt. Australian Insects. 1907.

Kertesz. Catalogue Dipterorum, Vol. 3, pgs. 297, 333,
1908 (Fam. Rhafjio7udce = Leptidce).

Latreille. Histoire Naturelle. ..des Crustacees et des In-
sectes, etc. 14 Vols., 1802-5 (part of Buffon, His-
toire Naturelle... nouvolle edition, 1799-1805).

Maxjquart. Diptere exotique nouveau ou peu connus. (Re-
published from Memcires Societe Royale Sciences de
lAgriculture et Arts, Lille. 1838-54.) 1838-54.

Societa des Sciences de 1' Agriculture et des Arts, Re-
cueil des Travaux. 1826.

Walker. — British Museum (Natural History) Zoolog)-
(Diptera). List of Dipterous Insects in the Muse-
um, Vol. 1, 1848.

Insecta Saundersiana ; Vol. 1, Diptera. 1850-56.
(Part of Saimdcre' "Insecta Saundersiana." 1850-
59.)

White. Royal Society of Tasmania, Papers and Proceed-
ings. Diptera Brachycera of Tasmania, pt. *1, pgs.
38-47; Leptidiv. Text figures. 1914.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

Antennse of Clesthenia aherraim, White. ^ .

Antennae of Atherimorpha I'trnalix, White. ^ .

Antennae of Chryxopilus aqita/is, Walker, (J .

Abdomen of Cfirysopi/ns mjualis, Walker, ,^ .

Abdomen of Dnsi/ommn f/lnsimih's, sp. nov. (^
(the two lower plates at apex of abdomen are
exaggerated in the figure).

Antennae of Dasyomma ditisiTnilis, sp. nov. ? .

Wing of Avatroleptis rhyphoidest, sp. nov. ^
(from a micro-slide prepared by Dr. Till-
yard).

Fig. 8. Antennae of Anstrohptis rhyphoidea, sp. nov. (J
(as seen in situ).

Fig. 9. Antennae of Auxtrnleptis rhyphoidex, sp. nov. ^
(from a micro-slide prepared by Dr. Tillyard).

Fig. 10. Wing of Aiisfrrdepfif; maculipennis, sp. nov. ^
(from the holotype).
1

Fig.

1.

Fig.

2.

Fig.

3.

Fig.

4.

Fig.

5.

Fig.

6.

Fig.

7.

130

NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING.

By W. Lodewyk Crowther, D.S.O., M.B.

(Head 10th November, 1919. MSS. in full received
24th December, 1919.)

PRELIMINARY.

During the last twelve months three veiy interesting
communications by Messrs. Scott and Lord have been read
before the Society.

These were entitled "Studies of Tasmanian Cetacea,"
and described particularly, some skeletons preserved in the
Tasmanian Mviseum, which had been overlooked for nearly
half a century.
»

Certain of these remains had been presented to the
Museum by my grandfather (the late Hon. Dr. W. L.
Orov.-ther) about 1866-1871, when he was collecting ajid
foi"warding such skeletons both to the British Museum
and that of the Royal College of Surgeons, England.

In view of the scientific value of the work thus accom-
plished by him, I trust I may be pardoned for adding a
brief account of his life work, before I pass to the con-
sideration of Whaling proper.

Born in 1817, he an'ived in Hobart with his father,
William Crowther, M.R.C.S., by the ship "Cumberland"
in 1824. His education took place at Norfo'k Plains
(Longford), which meant walking o'^erland to school and
returning in the- same way to Hobart Town for his holi-
days. As a boy he was a very keen naturalist, and on
one of these trips between school and home he shot a
Tasmanian emu, which, he informed my father, was the
only specimen of the same he had ever seen, and which I
understand was one of the last remaining in V.D.L. By
trapping and shooting he got together a very fine collection
of skins of the Fauna of Tasmania, and these, with a large
number of live animals and birds, he took with him to
England by the ship "Emu" in 1839. On arrival, the
collection was pm-chased by Lord Derby for the Zoological
Society, and the proceeds of the sale gave my grandfather
his medical education at St. Thomas' Hospital.

BY W. LODKWVK ( KOM'THKH, D S.O., M.B. 131

Returning to V.D.L. in 1841, he joined the Tasmanian
Society, and was one of the thirty-six resident members
when it became the Royal Society in 1843. In England
he had begun his lifelong friendship with Sir William
Flower, the great comparative anatomist, who filled suc-
cessively the positions of Conservator and Huntcrian Pro-
fessor of the Museum of the Royal College of Surgeons,
Director of the Natural History Museum, and President
of tho Zoological Society. Sir William about 1860 com-
menced his studies on the "Cttaren," and enlisted the aid
of my grandfather, who during the late oO's and 60's had
a whaling fleet cruising with varying success through tho
different whaling grounds of Oceania. The latter first
sent two skeletons of Orca, which Sir William classfiied
as Orca meridiandli^. (P.Z.S. 1864). Other specimens
were sent at intervals for several years to the Museum
of the Royal College of Surgeons. Tliev embraced 34
catalogue folios and 8 genera of whales, and included 15
full skeletons. Among others the large adult skeleton
of the male Sperm whale which dominates the Museum of
tho College of Surgeons was forwarded in 1869. In this
year my grandfather was awarded the Fellowship of the
Royal College of Surgeons and their Gold Ilonour ^ledal.
I believe the first occasion on which it had been conferred
on an Australian. In 1878 he was Premier of the Colony,
and died on the I'Jth of April, 1885. The fortunes of
his whaling ships 1 shall touch on later in my paper.

INTRODUCTION.

I shall not attempt any scientific classifications of tho
whales met with and taken in Southern waters. The
names employed are those used by the Whaling Captains
for the various whales they met with while at sea.

They all, however, fall into one of two families: —
(1» Mystacoceti, i.e., Whale Bono Whales.
(2) Odontoceti, i.e.. Tooth Whales.

Odontoceti.
"Sperm Whnlf-" (I'hifseter macnicephalux). This will
be dealt with fully under deep sea whaling. Ranging
through the Southern Ocean and up to 80 feet in length
the adult gave on an average 9 tuns of Oil. One taken
by the "Marengo" gave 15A tuns, valued at £1,500, and
another taken by the "Elizabeth Jane" off the S.W. Cape,
13 tuns. The oil a clear amber colour, one-third of which
came from the head.

132 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING,

''Blacl- Fixh" (Glnhlcephalus melas). Pilot or Caaing
whale. Not as a rule more than 20 feet in leingth, and
giving 2 - 3 barrels of dark oil.

"Killer-^'' {Orca gladiator), giving a clear oil. The
only whale whose oil mixes, and is indistinguishable from
that of the Sperm whale. Being both fierce and active,
these whales were as a rule not molested by the boat's
crews.

Mystacoceti.

"Hie Rigid" or "Suuthtrn BlacF' {Balcena aitstralis)
like the Sperm ranges very widely through the Pacific
Ocean. In size up to 80 feet in length and gives 8-9 tuns
of black oil from the blubber and tongue. The "Baleen"
or Whale bone is a very v3,luable product from this whale,
and as much as 5 cwt has been taken from a large "fish.
From June to November Right whales used to frequent
certain coasts and inlets to calve, and were taken by the
Bay whalers. To this date at Twofold Bay and Norfolk
Island such Bay Whaling Stations exist.

"Hump Baric' {Megaptera hmgimana) gave short
whalebone and 6-7 tuns of poor black oil. A deep sea
whale which, though pursued by the American and Sydney
ships, was not sought after by those of Hobart Town.

"Fill Bach' {BaJcenojitera), frequently sighted from
the ships, gave both whale bono and black oil, but, being
difficult to approach and fasten to, was not usually pur-
sued.

"Sulphur Bottom {BahTnoptera auHralis). A Black
Whale which gave black o-il and bone. Not as a rule
worth taking.

"Grampus" and "Vow Fish," with other members of
the Dolphin tribe, were terms applied loosely, and prob-
ably should be classed under the Odontoceti.

The oil taken was either : —

(1) Clear Ambeo" colour, as fi'om the "Sperm" and
"killer."

(2) Black or Southern Oil from the "Right" whale,
"Humpback," etc.

Both darker in colour and less valuable than that of
the "Sperm" whale.

In ships from Hobart Town the "take" of oil was
always measured by the "Tun," in American ships by the
"Barrel."

TliQ Royal Kalendar for 1849 states: — 1 Tun = 8
barrels = 252 gals.

BV W. I.ODKWVK C'R<»WTHKR, D.S.O., M.U. 133

Whale Bone or "Baleen": from the mouth of the
"Right" and other Black Whales, was a valuable product,
and up to 5 cwt. was taken from that of a large whale.

As we divide the whales into two divisions, so also
we find two distinct methods of whaling.

It was the habit of the "Right"' whales in the winter
months to come to the coasts of New Zealand and Aus-
tralia to calve and feed. Some Bays were more favoured
than others, and on tliese, shore establishments were fitted
out for "Bay Whaling." Such places in the early decades
of last century were Cloudy Bay, Foveaux Straits in New
Zealand, and the East Coast of Tasmania, etc.

The "Sperm" whale, on the other hand, kept to the
open sea in pureuit of his food, the "squid," and to take
the Cachalot, ships were fitted out for lengthy cruises on
the high seas.

In succession, then, will be considered these two
methods of whaling, i.e.,

(1) The Black Whale Fishery ("Bay" whaling).

(2) The Sperm Fi.«her)'.

The former was carried out either (a) by a land estab-
lishment with boat crews, or (b) by small vessels, cruising
around the Coast and Bays rf V.D.L. The latter by
larger ships fitted out for prolonged cruises on the high

THE BLACK WHALE FISHERY.

It is very difficult to find definite data dealing with
the commencement of x5av whaling in V.l). Land. It
was of a different type from that of New Zealand, where
the ships from U.S.A., England, or Australia selected a
bay, where they landed their shore parties, the latter doing
all their work from the shore stations, and the ship when
full returning to its home port.

In V.D.L. it was more the practice for a station to
be established at a selected Bay and for the Oil taken to
bo ship|jed by a tender to llobart Town and thence to
England. One or more boats' crews were stationed at
the establishment, and a lookout posted on a favourable
position. On a whale being sighted the crew pulled away,
and, if possible, made themselves fast to the whale, killed
it, and, often after a very long and laborious tow, brouglit
their catch to the S'hore. There, there was fitted a roudi

134 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING,

tripod soafiFolding, to the base of which the whale was
secured, and by the aid of which the blubber was stripped
from the whale and taken on shore to be boiled down. (A
most interesting painting of the station at Wineglass Bay,
Freycinet's Peninsula, is in the Tasmanian room of the
Museum.)

It is very difficult to obtain accurate particulars of
the early history of Bay whaling in V.D.L.. The Press
of that day gives only a scanty paragraph from time to
time, when something of more than ordinary interest is
noted. No records are available before 1816, when the
Government Gazette was fii'st printed, and copies of the
earliest papers are not in the Government Archives. From
Fenton's History we read that "between 1S13-1815, under
"Governor Davey, the whale fishery was carried on with
"profitable results and a lucrative trade in seal skins from
"the Bass Straits Islands was established." Bent, in the
H. . T. Gazette for June 24tu, 1816, writes as follows in hi^
local news: — "A great number of whales have already
"made their appearance in Frederick Henry Bay, some few
"have been seen a.s high as Sullivan's Cove (i.e., the present
"location of the Hobart W harvest Preiparations are being
"made by Mr. D. McCarthy and coadjutors to begin the
"Fishing.'' The Editor adds the following: — "The veiry
"elements contribute to oiu' prosperity when industry leads
"the way." Dviring this year whales were taken in the
Derwent proper.

In 1822 whales were again very numerous around our
Southern Coast, and even in the estuary of the Derwent
(Fen ton).

Between 1820 and 1830, as readers of McNab's works
will remember, the coasts of New Zealand were constantly
visited by whaling ships from England, France, and U.S.A.
(particularly the latter). These ships, observing the
regular winter arrival of the "Right" whales, to favoured
Bays and Inlets, gradually relinquished the deep-sea pur-
suit of the "Sperm" whale for the easier takings of the
"Right" whales off these Bays. This whaling was done
at first from the ship, which lay at anchor, and sent her
boats' crews away in pursuit, the whale when captured
being towed back to the ship and "tried out" on board.
From this method was evolved the shore station proper,
with the parties landed and living there, and trying-out
their catch on shore.

Maori villagesi sprang up adjacent to the tents and
supplied labour, food, and crews for the boats. This

BY \V. LoDKWVK ( ROWTHKK. I-.s.u, M B. 135

cosmopolitan gathering of whalers was made possible by
the fact that New Zealand was "No Man's Land" and not
annexed to the Crown, and in a chosen locality as Cloudy
Bay ships from Salem, Bristol, Le Havre, and Sydney lay
together for months taking their catch and often assisting
each other. V.D.L. being a Crown possession, as such,
gave no facilities for ships or craws other than British,
except for re-fitting and re-victualling. Oil taken in
Ameriean and foreign ships paid a duty in England of
£26 1 2s. per tun Imperial, whereas the duty on British
Oil wHvS Is. per tun Imperial. The following certificate
had to accompany the Oil, and was required upon the
entry at the Customs House, London.

''V.D.L. This is to certify to all whom it may
"concern that the oath required by the Act of Geo.
"IV. C. 69, sec. 25, has been made before me (describe
"here the person administering the oath) by A.B.,
"shipper of casks of Oil by the

"British ship for London. That the same

"was bona fide the produce of fish, of creatures living
"in the soa actually caught and taken whollv by ilis
"Majesty s subjects, carrying on the Fishery froni hero
"and actually residing in tliis Colony. (//. T. Gazette,
"August 13th, 1825). '

Tho discrimination was even greater with Whalebone,
on which foreign shij)s paid a duty of £95, tompaied to
our ships £1, its value at this date being £160 -£190 per
tun.

By this year (1825) the "Derwent Whaling Club" had
been formed, its members being: — ■
Jamea Kelly, Esq.
William Wilson, Esq.
W. Angus Bethune, Esq.
C. Ross Nairne, Esq.

A prize of 8 dollai^s was given to the first person giving
information as to a whale being in the River. Profits
were divided into 7 shares, 4 to tho Members, 1 to Chari-
table purposes, and 1 to the Native youth who displayed
the greatest expert ness as a headsman.

In the (Jazette, August 13th, 1825, appears the follow-
ing, which seems to show that the quantity of the train
oil from V.D.L. did not compare too favourably with that
from other sources : — ■

"The Southern Whale and Sea horse oil imported from
"V.D.L. is generallv foimd to be of dark colour and of less

136 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING,

"value than that oil which is paler, fi'om its burning quality
"being impaired ; this is chiefly owing to want of care in
"the boiling of the blubber. The method in use on board
"the British South Seamen for producing the oil of good
"colour and quality is mainly to keep the contents of the
"boiler stirred with a polo, to the end of which is attached
"a chain about 20 inches in length. This prevents the
"dregs from burning to the bottom of the boiler, and which,
"precaution, if neglected, will eventually cause the oil to
"become dark and of a heavy consistency."

In this year, 1825, although no Hobart Town Ships
had departed for the South Sea Fishery, the intermediate
step had been taken betweeai it and Bay Whaling ; that
is to say, local vessels had commenced to take the whales
around our coasts and inlets.

The Schooner "Sally" ("Capt. Lovett), owner Capt. J.
M. Wilson, sailed on July 9th for a Whaling cruise in
D'Entreicasteaux Channel; 12 days later news came that
she had already taken 2 whales. On August 21st the
Hohart Town Gazette reports among the arrivals "The
"Schooner 'Sally' from D Entrecasteaux Channel with oil,
"as she was in the Harbour on Wednesday morning, she
"heeled and filled with water immediately, she has since
"been got up."

Evidently the ship was none the worse, as on October
13th the "Sally" is reported as leaving under Oapt. Lovett
with 17 men on a sealing cruise to Now Zealand. Mel-
ville (Ed. Colonial Tinies) in a retrospect writes as follows
on the rise of our Bay whaling: —

"Another invaluable asset to the Colon}', as an export,
"is oil, and which is referred particularly to, both by the
"circumstances that attend its acquisition, and by its being
"a branch of a trade not capable of being over done. It
"may be remarked that the situation of the Island arid the
"numeirous nooks or Bays with which it abounds, render
"it such a place of resort for whales throughout the winter,
"that the equipment of a few boats, and the erection of
"a boiler or two upon shore for rendering down the oil,
"are nearly sufficient, as the outfit of what may be con-
"sidered witu tolerable certainty a profitable enterprise.
"The consequence is that each winter, fresh parties, emu-
"lating those of longer establishment, fit out whaling ex-
"peditions, and the success that has invariably attended
"them, is a strong inducement both to them and others, to
. "return with energy in future seasons.

15Y W. LODEWYK CROWTHER, D.S.O., M.I!. 137

"Thus almost at our very door and threshold ai-e we
■provided with the means of becoming rich with little com-
"parative trouble or exertion ; and at the same moment
"we are rearing up a iine and manly race of native youths,
"in a manner that would qualify them to contest the palm
"of superiority on the water with the inhabitants of any
"existing upon the whole faco of the globe. (Melville,

Y.D.L. Annual, 1813).

The oil for export by 1826 was of considerable value
in the Infant Colony. The value of it exported in the last
quarter of the year was £1,180. (//. T. U(tzftte, 182b )
Mr. Meredith, of Great Swan Port, in the same year, is
mentioned {H.T.d., 1827) as having taken a whale with
blood red blubber, which when boiled down gave Oil of the
same colour, also five tons of ca.sks arrived for him in order
to bi'ing his Oil to Hobart Town for lading in the "Per-
sian. '

The ship "Governor Sorell ' during the year is reported
as having been wrecked going to Slopen Island to pick up
Oil — which indicates a station being situated thore {ii .1 .G.,
1826).

The (j'a-etfe mentions "nearly everv Bav and Inlet
"around the coast are swarming with whales, particularly
"at Circular Head."'

The Editor adds that there was some difficulty in
obtaining casks for the export of Oil, and also a tending
for the Bay Trade to cause neglect of the S])erm Fishciy —
"which should be the mainstay of the Trade. '

The prices of Oil in London for the year were- — -Sperm
£65, Southern £25 per tun.

One other extract from the Cnz«ft<\ dated May 6th,
1825, is of interest, and is given in the Editors own
words : —

"The Whale alluded to in our last as having been seen
"up the River as high as New Norfolk, has since been
"killed on the beach at that Towiu:hip above the punt
."ferry. It is no less remarkable than evident that this
"animal was bewildered, having actually run itself aground
" — a circumstance perhaps never before heard of on this
"Island.

"It was not a Specimen of the Whales usually caught
"in and near the Derwent, but one of that specimens of
"fish frequently taken at sea, and known as the Fin Back.'
"It was 90 feet in length, and will produce a considerable
"quantity of Oil."'

138 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING,

During the samel week a Mr. Innes, an expert harpoon-
er, killed a 4-tun whala off Hobart Town, and the Editor
remarks: — "Our river and bays are at this moment full
"of whales." An account of a trip to the South Capo
taken in this year mentions the whaling station of Messrs.
Kelly and Bethune located on Bruny Island, probably at
N. Bruny.

By 1830, in addition to local whaling, our H.T. Ships
had commenced to sail to the High Seas, and Ross, H. T.
Ahnanack, 1830, states that in this year the "Clarence"
was despatched to the Whale Fishery. This was the first
H. T. Vessel to do this, and one of her officei-s was the
late Captain McArthur (father of Capt. McArthur, th;i
Shipping Master cf Hobart). There is no word of the
result of her voyage.

On Octobeir 2 of this year the Brig Deveron arrived
from Cloudy Bay, New Zealand, with 200 tuns of Oil and
20 tons of bene. While there she had the misfortvme to
lose in a squall six men, including the first and third
mates, one of the former being a native of Hobart Town,
named Williams.

The value of the Cargo obtained on the six months'
voyage was £5,000, and she was owned by Captain Wilson.
These two ships are mentioned as Bay Whalers, as their
catch was taken off the coast of New Zealand, and not on
the high seas. The industry continued to be very suc-
cessful both locally and at N.Z.

The "Dragon"' in 1831 obtained a full catch in N.Z.
waters, and in 1833 the same ship, which had been con-
cerned with the Brig Elizabeth of Sydney in the massacre
of Maoris, was burned by the natives. Two whales were
followed into an inlet, where the crews were massacred and
eaten by the Maoris and the ship burned. In the same
year the "Marianne " arrived at Hobart Town from New
Zealand with the splendid catch of 260 tuns of Oil (100
barrels Sperm) and 15 tons of whalebone. Only 7 months
at sea, her cargo was valued at £4,500. The owners were
Messrs. Hewitt and Gore. This success led to proposals
to form a settlement from Hobart Town on the South
Island of New Zealand, but nothing eventuated.

The following extract is of interest, particularly as it
shows the rise of Launceston and its importance from the
whaling standpoint, by 1834 : —

"In this year there were 7 ships and 24 boats employed
"in the Black Whale Fishing from Hobart Town, which

BY W. LOUKWYK CROWTHER, D.S.O., MB. 1 :?9

"caught 207 whales, producing Oil and whalebone tx> the
"value of £14,373.

"From Launceston there were 16 ships and 53 boats
"employed, which caught 130 whales and produced Oil and
"whalebone to the value ot £10.921. At Great Swan Port
"there was one ship and four boats employed, which caught
"19 whales, value £900, and 50 barrels of Bream, value
"£150. ' {H. T. Almanack, Ross, 1835..'

The indication of the great activity of the Launceston
ships conveyed by the above is of especial interest, and I
hope it may stimulate someone from the Northern City
to investigate the whaling history of that harbour.

In 1834 the Hohart Town Cmirier (June 13th) states
that "Our whaling establishment has, we rejoice to say,
"been already more successful than at the same advance
"of the season of any former year. By August loth
"Messrs. MacLachlan and Young's establishment had al-
"roady caught no less than 60 whales, from which nearly
"40o tuns of Oil has been obtained, and other parties have
"been proportionately successful." (//. T. ('imricr,
August 15th.)

Capt. KeJly on October 17th lost his vessel the "Aus-
tralian on Brunv Island.

To give an idea cf th'^ value to the Colony of this
industry in 1838, the total value of Oil exported for the
year was £137.000. compared with £172,000 for wool.
(Fenton, 1/ istori/ af Tfixnuniia , page 9 - 148.)

In 1840 and 1841 there were many applications to
the Lands Office to lease areas on various favoured Bays
and Inlets. Thirty-five such applications were granted
in 1840-41, and six refused. The latter were due for the
most part to the fact that such areas were not granted
when in the vicinitv of Convict or Probation Stations, as
at Maria Island and Forestier's Peninsula. Again others
were refused owing to no advanced payment of rent. The
terms for such leases were not severe, i.e., 3 acres, a front-
age on the sea of 3 chains, and for this a yearly rental of
5s. A map is attached showing the approximate locations
or these grants. Among those who applied were: —

Capt. Chamberlain. Askin Morrison.

Ed. and W. Fisher. Charles Seal.

Edward Garth. William Young.

James Kelly. Thomas Lucas.

140

NOTES ON TASMANfAN WHALING,

In 1840 tlie Bay Whaling had begun to decline — only
13 more leaseholds were granted in the next 18 years.
Among the applicants were : —

William Johnstone. Neal Lewis.

James Kelly. George Watson.

Owing to the continued pursuit and harrying of the
whales, or perhaps for other reasons, the Black whale,
after 1841, practically ceased to visit our coast, and Bay
Whaling languished. Attention was trp.nsferred to the
Sperm Whale, which passed our South-Westem Coasts
from time to time, and vessels were fitted out first to cruise
off the S.W. Cape, and later to range over the various
whaling grounds of the Pacific.

In the next section the rise and fall of the Sperm
Fishing will be considered.

SPERM WHALING.

When considering the Black Whale fishing it will be
remembered that, starting with shore stations only, at-

BY \V. LODEWYK CROWTHER, D S.O., MB. 141

tended with boats' crews and no ships, the industry devel-
oped until in 1834 there were many sea-going ships em-
ployed around the Tasmanian coast, and occasionally in
New Zealand waters. Although primarily fitted out for
the Black whaling, naturally if the chance ai"ose tho more
valuable Spenii whale wciild be taken.

From the Forties, however, the ships were fitted for
Blue Water cruising, with. the Sperm as their objective
and not the Right whale. Occasional references to the
Sperm whaling are found in the early V.D.L. publications,
rarely, however, with much detail.

The first ship to have rounded Cape Horn and taken
whales in the Pacific appears to have been a ship from
New Bedford (U.S.A.) in the year 1790 (Beddoe, linok uf
Wliales).

In 1803 the "Albion," with Bowen's expedition on
board, took three Sperm whales off the East Coast, and in
the succeeding year the "Alexander" took Right whales in
the estuary of the Derwent.

In 1816 the Engli.sh whaler "Adamant" refits at
Hobart Town before leaving for the whaling ground.
(//. T. G'azeite, 1816.)

The y^ars between 1816 and 1830, as already shown,
wore devoted by the Hobart Town ships almost entirely
to local Black whale fishing. The Editor of the (inzette
in tho issue of September 1st expresses the hope that the
profits of this successful year will induce V.D.L. busi-
ness men to take up the pursuit of the Sperm whale, which
he realises to be the mainstav of whaling. (//. T . (lazettf,
September 1st, 1827.)

The tendency to sail oversea from V.D.L. coasts cul-
minated in 1830 with the despatch of the "Clarence" to
the SpeiTii fishing, the first Tasmanian ship to do so.
(Ross, //. T. Ahminacl\ 1830.)

By 1831 the overseas movement had gained more
impetus. Ross states {H . T. AInuinnrk, 1831): — "Several
"additions have been made to our Colonial shipping during
"the past year, and the present spirit for embarking in
"the Sperm Whale Fishing is likely to increase still more. '

In addition to the "Deveron" already mentioned the
following ships are found on the register as having arrived
back to Hobart Town durTng the year : —

January 1st, "Clarence," Capt. Lindsay, from N.Z.,
Sperm Oil.

Januaiy 24th, "Caroline," Capt. Smith, from Whaling
voyage, Sperm Oil.

142 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHAMNG,

October 22nd, "Caroline," Capt. Smith, from Whaling
voyage, Black Oil and whale bone.

December 17th, "Industry," Capt. Griffiths, Bass
Straits, Seal Skins.

(Koss, H. T. Almanack, 1831.)

Captain Kelly, the first Harbour Master of Hobart
Town, in 1832 sailed his ship, the "Venus," to the Islands
of the South of New Zealand. Evidently unsuccessful in
his quest for Seal Skins, he struck south to Macquarie
Island, to find there no Seals, and thence to the Campbell
Island grounds. Still without success, he sailed south
as far as 72 degrees, eventually reaching Sydney on De-
cember 31st, 1832. Without any skins or sea-elephant
Oil (R. McNab, Early Wltalinri Days.) The vicissitudes
of Ihe H. T. ship "IMarv Elizabetli " when captured
by Maoris in 1834 have been already alluded to, the Maoris
quarrelling over the sharing of the "loot" and enabling the
crew to recapture the ship.

Sperm Oil was quoted in this year at £57 a tun.
Southern or Black Oil at £19 - £22 a tun, and whale bone
£80 - £85. The paper of that date mentions the follow-
ing ships as being due to return to the jDort from the South
Sea whaling, i.e., "Caroline," ■'VVilliam IV.," "Adelaide,
"Hetty," "Penelope" (at Macquarie Island for Seals and
sea-elephant Oil, of which not a single barrel was obtained,
the Seals having completely disappieared), "Royal Wil-
liam," "The Marianne," and "Lang." {H . Town Courier,
March 27, 1834.)

Other ships mentioned during the year as discharging
Oil were the "Lindsay," "Cheviot," and "Mary Elizabeth.'
Thus we see by this year whaling both Sperm and Black
firmly established, and the year's work most successful and
prosperous.

The export of Oil, computed at Colonial prices, was
£45,513 for the year, compared with £43,765 for wool;
and whalebone accounted for an additional £8,217. This
will give an idea of the value of the industry to the Infant
Colony. (Ross, H. T. Almanack, 1835, p 49.)

The indomitable Capt. Kelly is again noticed in the
fore this year, where his small ship, the Australian," was
lost off Bruny Island. {H . T. Courier, October 13th,
1834.)

The industry as shown was now on a firm basis, and
I do not intend to dwell on the thirties and forties, but
to pass on to the "Great Age" of Hobart Towns Sperm

BY \V. LODKWYK CROWTUEK, J) S.O , M.H. 143

Whaling, viz., 1850-60 and 70. Mention, however, must
bo made of the "Maria Orr." This vessel, built at
Macquarie Point, 1839, has been claimed as the first Tas-
manian whaler to be built and manned out of Hobart
Town. Her career was not a long one. About 1841 she
was bought by Charles Seal, Esq., of Hobart Town, and
a little later wrecked off the Acteon Reef, and became a
total loss. Captain IMcArthur, who was in command,
then returned to England, and brought out the "Aladdin
for Mr. Seal, and commanded her for several cruises.

As showing the extent of whaling by 1847, on Good
Friday of that year there were no less than 3/ whalers
anchored in the Derwent refitting, the bulk of them being
American.

In 1850 the great prosperity of Tasmanian Spemi
whaling had commenced. Hobart Town was building its
own vessels, and, more than that, manning them with
seamen of the first quality. Whaling had cast its spell
over the community, and there was no lack of either
money to fit cut the ships, or of men to man and sail them.
The crew signed on according to the "Lay" or Share of the
catch, which was proportional to the amount of Oil taJcen.

Mr. R. R. Rex has a copy of such an agreement, which
is hero given : —

ARTICLES of AGREEMENT made at Hobart Town in
Van Diemen's Land BETWEP^N George Chase of the first
part and the several seamen whoso names are hereto sub-
scribed of ttie second part WHEREAS the several seamen
have respectively agreed to engage in the Whale Fishery in
the service of the said George Chase for the consideration
hereinafter mentioned NOW THESE PRESENTS WIT-
NESS that each of them the several seamen for himself
agrees with the said George Chase that in consideration of
the Lay or Share hereinafter' mentioned and hereunder
written opposite to his name he will at such time during
the now approaching wualing voyage or voyages as he shall
be required proceed in such vessel or boat as the said
George Cnase may direct to any River Creek or Place on
or near the Coast of this Island New Holland New South
Wales New Zealand or elsewhere on the High seas as the
said George Chase or his agents may require for the
purpose of killing and taking whales and trying down the
same and obtaining and preserving the Oil and whalebone
thereof and that he will continue in the employment of
the said George Chase during the whole of the whaling
voyage or voyages (or from the first day of September one

144 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALING,

thousand eight hundred and fifty five and up to and until
the thirty first day of August one thousand eight hiindred
and fifty six if so long required) and each of the several
seamen hereby promises that he will diligently and faith-
fully do his duty by day and by night during the con-
tinuance of his term of service under this agreement and
obey the lawful commands of the said George Chase or
of the officer or officers from time to time appointed over
him and that he will take care of all matters and things
from time to time committed to his charge and assist in
carrying them as he may be required AND it is distinctly
agreed that in case any such seaman shall on any pretence
unlawfully desert from the service of the said G-eorge
Chase before the term of service hereby agreed for shall
be fully ended he shall forfeit the whole of the said Lay
or Share or proportion of Oil and Whale bone and all right
to remuneration of any kind under this agi'eement or
otherwise AND it is agreed that absence from the vessel
or boats to which any such seaman shall for the time be
attached for more than twelve hours without lawful excuse
shall be deemed a total desertion and shall render the
person so absent liable to such forfeiture AND it is agreed
that at the close of the said term of service and as soon
as the quantity of Oil and whale bone procured by the
said George Chase's whaling vessel to which such seamen
shall belong shall have been ascertained and shall be ready
for exportation (whether landed at its final port of ex-
portation or not) the said George Chase shall pay to the
said seaman for the said Lays or Shares of and in such Oil
and whalebone at the rate of Fourteen Pounds for every
marketable tun of Black Oil Forty Pounds for every tun
of Sperm Oil and Forty Pounds for every ton of clean and
marketable whalebone and the said seamen agree to accept
the same in payment of such Lays or Shares and in lieu
of all wages or other compensation IT BEING UNDER-
STOOD NEVERTHELESS that out of such Lays or
Shares the said George Chase may deduct all advances
2>reviously made to the parties in money clothing stops or
tobacco PROVIDED that in every case the seamen shall
be bovmd (if required so to do) to assist in the actual ship-
ment of all such Oil and whalebone or in conveying the
same to Hobart Town Launceston (as the case may be)
for such shipment and the service under this agreement
shall not be deemed completed until such shipment or
conveyance (if so required) shall have been effected
LASTLY the said George Chase agrees to provide for and
supply to each seaman weekly during the said term of

HY W . LoDKWVK t HowlHEK, D s.o., M.B.

145

service the following provisions and other necessaries of
good quality viz. 12 lbs of beef or mutton or ten pounds
of pork twelve pounds of bread or flour one and a half
pounds of sugar and a quarter of a pound of tea. All
extras to be chargeable against the said seamen as in the
case of clothes or money. Any wilful or negligent de-
struction or loss of any of the owners property or other
misconduct on the part of any seaman to the owner's
damage may be set off against the Lay or Share or other
claim for wages under this agreement. It is agreed that
the said George Chase's whaling vessel shall man two boats.

DATED in Hobart Town this first day of September

1855.

(Signed) GEORGE CHASE.

Ijiy or

Name.

Capacity.

Lay or
Share on

Sliare on
Hlac'k Uil

Witnes.-i to

8perm Oil

& Whale
Rone.

^Signature.

John M. Luke

Ship Keeper

30tii

20tll

J. Suter, J. P.,
l.st Sept., 1855

George Tilley

Boat Steerer
& Carpenter

'25th

•20th

J. Suter, J. P.,
1. St Sept., 1855

Robert Jefifrey

Boat Steerer

30th

20th

J. Suter, J. P.,
Ist Sept., 1855

Henry Madge

Seaman

50t]i

40th

J. Suter, J. P..
1st St-pt. 1855

George Cafley (X)

Seaman

50 th

40th

J. Suter, J. P.,

Witnes.*, George

Ist Sept., 1855

Hawthorne

Tliomas Storey iXl

Seaman

55 th

40 th

Witness, Geo.

3rd Sept., 1853

Hawthorne

John Duncan (X)

Seaman

55 th

40th

(;. W.King, J.P.,

Witness. Gei>.

7th Sept., 1855

Hawtliorne

Sydney William

Seaman

55th

40th

G. W. King, J.P.,

I'-.lleVy

7th Sept., 1855

George Gillhani

Seaman

55th

40th

G. W. King, J. P..
10th Sept., 1855

Samuel Miles

Cook & Seaman

6<ith

40th

G. W. King, J. P.,
10th Sept., 1855

William Gubby

Seaman

55th

40th

G. W. King, J. P.,
10th Sept., 1855

John Scutchiiigs

Seaman

1

80th

70th

G. W. King, J.P..
10th Sept., 1855

Laurence Millar

Seaman

55th

40th

G.W.King, J. P.,
13th Sept., 1855

Alex. Donaldson

Boat Steerer

30th

A skilful and. determined Captain was a priceless
asset to any owner, and such a man usually could command
the best boat-steerers and crews, in whose interests it was
.1

146 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHAI.IN(;,

to follow a successful Captain and a lucky ship. The crews
after signing on were given an advance of pay, and the
ships anchored in mid-stream, and then the difficulty be-
gan. The men had to be dragged, often drugged and
drunk, fi'om the hotels to the ship, and when all (or
sufficient) "had been collected, the cruise, which might last
two years or over, commenced.

Some of these cruises were short and highly profitable,
on others a shijo after months and even years at sea might
make Hobart Town a "clean ship, ' i.e., with no oil. An
instance of the former was the fitting of the barque "Asia"
for sea in 1870. The cost of the ship, fitting, all stora<s
and advances paid to the crew amovinted to j£6,750 18s.
In ten months she had returned to Hobart with 68 tuns
of sperm oil at £90 per tun of a total value of .£6,120.
Endless examples of unsuccessful voyages can also be given.
Among owners and ships during these three decades
1850-60-70 the names of the following owners and ships
may be noticed. The list, however, is not intended to
be full or complete and only touches lightly the full tally.
Such names include : —

Charles Seal, Esq., Dr. W . L. Cruwther,

Prince Regent Elizabeth Jane, Schooner,

Maria Orr (lost 1841) Captain Abbott

Aladdin Offley, Baxque, Captain

Sussetx Robinson

Southern Cross Sapphire, Barque, Captain

Pride (Brig) Sanderson

Velocity, Schooner
McGregor Bros. Flying Squirrel, Schooner

Flying Childers Isabella, Barque, Captain

Derwent Hunter Chamiberlain

Asia A. Sherwin, Esq.,

Emily Downing Marie Laurie

Louisa
H. Bayley, Esq., Zephyr

Runnymede Capt. E. Lucas,

Isle of France
— . Johnston, Esq., H. Hopkins, Esq.,

Othello Nautilus

The "Othello" being perhaps the most consistently
lucky aaid successful ship sailing out of Hobart.

Captain A. B. Robinson, who commanded in succes-
sion the "Velocity," "Emily Downing," and "Othello," is
living now at Glenorchy, and it is to him I am greatly
indebted for much of the information in reference to the
Whaling grounds and taking of the Sperm whales.

BY AV. LODEWYK CROWTHEK, U.S.U., M.B. 147

In 1855. the late John Koss completed his patent slip
at Seclicron, and jMessrs. McGregor also laid down a slip
at the Domain Yards. This enabled repairs to be carried
out, and gave a tremendous impetus to Ilobart Town
whaling.

In 1857 the Brig "Grecian" (Clias. Seal, owner) when
cruising ofif the South West Cape '"rose " Sperm Whales.
The boats wci'e lowered in chase, and that of R. Marney,
the chief mate, made fast to one. The whale at once
made away, towing the boat after it. Night came on
rapidly, and during the darkness flares were lit from
the "Grecian" and guns let off. However, no trace was
ever again found of the boat or its crew.

In the same year the late Dr. W. L. Crowther fitted
out an expedition to take Sea elephant oil from Kerguelen
Island (Desolation Land). The "Offley (barque), Capt.
J. W. Robinson, sailed for her destination, Christmas Har-
bour, Kerguelen Island, with shore parties on board and
fitted out at great expense. The sea elephants were to be
taken from Hurds Island, which had no Harbour, and
only one open roadstead. For the expedition to be suc-
cessful a tender to land the shore jjarties and supplies, and
to bring off the barrels of oil to the larger .ship was essen-
tial. The Schooner "Elizabeth Jane' was despatched to
the rendezvous at Christmas Harbour for this purpose. The
"Offley' made the Harbour in good time and waited for
her tender. The latter, meeting heavy weather, leaked a
little, and, putting into Mauritius, was condemned and
sold. To take her place the "Flying Squirrel" (schooner)
was at once fitted out and despatched ; the crew, however,
mutinied and returned to Hobart. By this time the
"Offley," after months of delay, had "mated" with the
"Mary Powell," an American Schooner, landed her shore
party at Hurd s Island and collected much oil. Eventually
when 400 tuns had been got on the "Mary Powell,"' a
sudden storm arose, the ship was driven on shore, and the
crew were only saved by a miracle. The "Ofl^ey," with
100 tuns on board, then returned to Hobart Town, and
the venture financially was a very big loss to my grand-
father.

On the other hand, the "Elizabeth Jane," a small
schooner and two boat ship, had in a short cruise of a
few weeks off the South West Cape, some years previously,
retvimed to port with £2,600 woilh of Sperm oil.

Dwelling as I have on the voyages of individual ships,
I have neglected to write of the pursuit of the Sperm

148

NOTES ON TASMAMAN WHALING,

Whale itself. The Whale was found particularly in the
neighbourhood of the S.W. Capo as it passed East and
West in its pursuit of the "Squid." The smaller ships
from Hobart Town cruised . oft" the Cape and toAved the
Whales they secured into Port Davey or Recherche to
"try' them out. The larger ships joassed by way of the
South West Cape to the various whaling grounds, i.e. —

Middle GrnundH — Which lay between Sydney and New
Zealand and South of Norfolk Island. The famous "Three
Kings' and French Rock lay within the Middle Grounds.

Nortlicrn (ttouiuU — ■Which were north of Norfolk
Island and between the Australian Coast and New Cale-
donia. These inehided Cato's Banks, AVoodlark Island,
St. Christoval's, and the Cumberland Shoals.

IVcsfcrji (J ran lids — From South West Cape to the
Leeuwin, and including Kangaroo Island, South East
Island, Portlock's Reef, and Grindley's Island (at West and
East end of Great Australian Bight).

Easfcru Grounds — The Solanders, west of Foveaux
Straits, and Chatham Islands (in whaling times the Pyra/-
mid).

DiAORAn or Whaling Grounds

Of ttOBBBi Town 5HIP6
Crco 18SO-60 70

LsGCno.

VlLCt*wn»P- 5IIH

i;v w. Lor)p:\VYK chowthku. n.s.o.. m r.. 149

A Diagram altaclicd illustrates tlvsc various grounds.
The Captains of the ship worked as a rule from ground to
groulnd. In a log of the 'O'-hcUo, ' Capt. A. B. Robinson,
every one of the four was visited in turn, resulting in au
excellent catch.

In the ship s log entries were; made of all whales seen
from the masthead, with special notes for Sperm.

One reads from day to day of the following having
been sighted: — Sperm, llumpuack, Finback, Sulphur bot-
tom, Black Fish, Killers, Grampus, Cow fi.sh, and Sunfish.
The two first named only wire pursued by the Tasmanian
ships.

The Sperm whales moved singly or in " pods, " i.e.,
groups of two or three with Bulls on tho outside. The
Sperm whale was ajjproached very quietly from behind,
and made fast by one or more lancLS bci/ig darted into
him. Once fast more were secured to the whale until
it was dead. The Boats steerer who "darted ' the lances
endeavoured to make fast well forward and to avoid hitting
a rib. If not secured in a vital spot the whale either
sounded or ran, and in the former case might go so deeply
aa to take all the lines and then be lost. Bombs from
guns were used as well as lances, in order to kill the whale.

The Right whale was approached head to head by the
boats crew. Oik c killrd the boats crew waited for th'^
ship 'to run down to them and make fast to the whale, and
the '"cutting-in" commenced. The first stage was to re-
move the whale's head and get it en board. This was
done, because in the Sperm whale one third of the total
quantity of Oil is found in the h:ad. The la1t?r con-
sisted of two paiis — the "Case" and the "Junk. '

7'fie "Case" contained the clear oil and head matter.
This was called (he "Spermaceti " (Spermatozoa of the
Whale) under misapprehension as to its function. It was
contained in a boney cavity outside the cranium proper.
The oil from the case is a clear amber colour- and amounts
to one third of the total from the whale. A hole was cut
into the cavity and the oil bailed direct into baiTcls placed
for that puq^ose on riihcr sid? of the gauf^way. From
these barrels it was taken to the "Try Works " and used
later to commence the process of trying out.

7'/ii' ".lunk." The remaining portion of th? head
contained a large amount of Oil in its cellular tissues,
which was comparable to Tlonev in the Comb. This sub-
stance the Sailors called ''white horse." The Junk when

150 NOTES ON TASMANIAN WHALIN(i,

cut up was taken at once to the blubber room to prevent
the loss of its Oil, its own weight causing it to ooze from
the tissues.

The '' iiodtj." After the removal of the head the Body
was treated and the blubber removed as follows: — Hooks
were lowered from a yard and secured in the blubber. On
traction being made men with sharp spades cut long strips
from the body. These ' .Blanket pieces, ' a couple of feet
in breadth, when five to six feet long, were cut oflF and
hove into the blubber room, and there divided into much
smaller pieces. These small pieces were then taken to
the Mincer near the "Try Works" and then when the Oil
in the pot was heated, thrown in, and boiled down. When
boiled the oil was bailed out into "Coolers" on either side
of the Try Works, thence to the tanks, and from the
tanks to casks and stowed below.

For the above description of "Trying-out" a Sperm
whale 1 again have to thank Captain A. B. Robinson.

During this year the Australian and New Zealand
whaling grounds were populous with ships, particularly in
well known whaling localities. Every Captain logged any
whaler spoken to, giving his catch and time at sea, and
this information was jjublished on his return to port, and
so the public were given some idea of the fortunes of the
ships still at sea.

The following entry in the "Othello " log for Saturday,
November 20th, 1869, gives some idea of the number of
ships in the neighbourhood of Norfolk Island: — "Light
"Easterly and variable winds — at 9.30, and we ran off shore
"to the West." The following named ships are either at
the Island or have been here very lately. I give the
report as furnished by Mr. Fred. Young of N.Z.

B.k. Hunter, Captain Chase, 23 months; 1,650 bar-
rels of Sperm.

B.k. The Ionia, Captain Norton, 30 months; 500
barrels of Sperm, 600 Black Oil.

B.k. Highland Mary, Captain French, a long time;
15 barrels of Sperm.

Abraham Bai'ker, 36 months; 2,900 barrels of Sperm.

Corral, Captain Potter, 15 months; 500 barrels of
Sperm, 1,000 Black Oil.

Northern Light, Captain Baker, 1,200 barrels of
Sperm, 450 Black Oil.

BY w loukwyk <;r(>\vthki{, d.s.o., m.b 151

Napoleon, 17 months; 750 barrels of Sperm.

Petrel, Captain Worth, 40 months; 1,100 barrels of
Sperm.

Europa, Captain Kve, 24 months; 900 barrels of
Sperm, 800 Black Oil.

Onward, Caj)tain Allen, S months; 180 barrels of
Sperm, 25 Black Oil.

Fanny Fisher, Captain Mayhcw, 1 month; clean.

The American ships away 2 - 3 years from Salem or
New Bedford carried little or no money. It was their
custom to pay for fi-csh food and stores with American
Agricultural Implements, as ploughs, etc., in this way
helping the trade of U.S.A.

In 1870 Sperm OH was £120 a tun, causing a revival
in the trade, which had been on the decline for a few
years.

After 1886 the trade fell away until only the "Water-
witch" was left. An attempt was made in 1893 to revive
fcke industry, and the barque "Helen" was fitted out.
She went to thn Campbell Islands, whore the Black whalo
was said to have its quarters, but the venture was not a
financial success.

In writing the latter part of those notes I have re-
ceived the greater part of information from gentlemen
who have been interested in or connected with the old
whaling fleets. Particularly 1 wish to thank my father
(Dr. E. L. Crowther), Captain A. B. Robinson, R. R. Rex,
Esq., A. C. Hume, Esq., and Captain McArthur for their
assistance and great help.

152

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS

1919

Annual Meeting.

The Annual General Meeting was held at the Museum,
on 10th March.

Mr. L. Ivodway, C.M.G. occupied the chair.

The Annual Report and Statement of Accounts wecro
read and adopted.

There being 11 nominations for 9 vacancies on tha
Council, an election was held, the following being elected
as the Council for 1919:— Dr. A. H. Clarke, Dr. Glasson,
Messrs. W. H. Clemes, L. Dechaincux, T. W. Fowler, J.
A. Johnson, L. H. Linden, L. Roclway, C. C. Thorold.

Mr. R. A. Black was appointed Auditor.

The following were elected members of the Society : —
Lieut.-Col. R. E. Snowden, Dr. E. A. Elliott, Messrs. W.
N. Crawford, G. A. Jackson, Miss P. Stevenson.

Mr. Clive Lord exhibited a specimen of the spotted-
tailed Sea Snake {HydruH 'platiirux). This being the first
record of this species from Tasmania.

Mr. H. H. Scott (Curator of the Launceston Museum)
delivered an interesting lecturette upon certain osteo-
logical features of Tasmanipn Cetacea.

Jllvs^trated Lecture.

Mr. E. T. Emmctt (Director of the Tourist Bureau)
delivered an illustrated lecture on "The River Gordon and
tho West Coast of Tasmania."

Vonverxazxrne.

After the business of the meeting was concluded, a.H
adjournment was made to the Art Gallery, where ai conver-
sazione was held.

Mth April, 1919.

The Monthly Meeting was held at the Society's Room,
Museum, at 8 p.m.. His Excellency Sir Francis Ncwde-
gate, K.C.M.G., presiding.

The following members were elected : — Mrs. G. O.
Smith, Messrs. G. O. Smith, A. D. Chapman, W. E.
Masters.

ABSTRACT OF PROCEKDINCS. 15J

Papers.
The following papers were read: —

1. "Studies of Tasmanian Cetacea. Part I. " Orca

gladiator, Pseudorca cra.'^sidens, Globicejihahis
mehix, by H. H. Scott and C. E. Lord.

2. "The Geology of Wineglass Bay/' by W. H.

Clemes.

Illustrated Lecture.
Mr. Walter II. Cummins. A.I.A.C., delivered an illus-
trated lecture on "The Newspaper World."

12th May, 1919.

The Monthly Meeting was held at the Society's Room,
Museum, at 8 p.m.

Mr. L. Ilodway presiding.

The following members were elected: — Captain Rig-
gall, D.S.O., Messrs. Charles Burbury, Gerald Burbury,
T. J. Burbury, Robert Headlam, and Charles F. Pitt.

Mr. C^ive Lord exhibited a series of ornithological
•pccimens.

Mr. T. W. Fowler delivered an illustrated lecture en-
titled, "Notes on Irrigation. "

10th June, 1919.
Sperinl Meetiinj.

A Special Meeting of the Society was held at 8
p.m. The object of tlie meeting was to consider the
following additions to the Rules which had been recom-
mended by the Council.

"55 b. The Council may, at its discretion, upon
"the receipt of a request from a sufficient number of
"members resident in any district, create a local as-
"sociation of members of the Society in such district,
"and the Council shall also have power to dissolve
"such local as-sociation at any time after it has been
"formed.''

"55 c. Evei'v such as,sociation shall be carried
"on in accordance with rules and regulations to bo
"laid down from time to time by the Council."

"55 d. The Council may. at its discretion, con-
" tribute towards the expenses of any local association
"in any year a sum not exceeding one-third of the
"subsci-iptions received during such year from mem-
"bers who are also members of such local associa-
"tion."

154 ABSTRACT OF PllOCEEDIN<iS.

The Chairman, Mr. Rodway, briefly explained the
object of the new rules, and after a short discussion, the
rules as recommended were unanimously adopted.

10th JtjNE, 1919.

Qenerdl Meeting.

The Monthlv Meeting was held at the Museum at
8.15 p.m., Mr. L. Rodway, O.M.G., presiding.

The Secretary tabled a file of coi*respondence received
from Mr. L. A. Evans, relating to a supposed tunnel at
the River Gordon.

Illufifrdfcd Lecture.

Mr. Rodwav delivered an illustrated lecture on "Tas-
manian Fungi."

14th July, 1919.

The Monthly Meeting was held at the Museum at
8 p.m., His Excellency Sir Francis Newdegate, K.C.M.G.,
presiding.

Pnj)ers.

1. "The Geology of Maria Island," b)^ W. H. Clemes,

B.A., B.Sc.

2. "Studies of Tasmanian Cetacea, Part II.,' by H.

?I. Scott and C. E. Lord.

3. "The Early History of Maria Island," by C. E.

Lord.

llJustrdted Lecture.

An illustrated lecture on Maria Island was given by
^iTessrs. Olemes and Lord.

11th August, 1919.

The Monthly Meeting was held at the Museum at
8 p.m., Mr. L. Rodway presiding.

Meviber.
Mr. A. N. Lewis was electted a member of the Club.

Fa pern.

1. "Additions to Tasmanian Mollusca,' by W. L.

May.

2. "Revision of Professor Haswell's types of Austra-

lian Pycnogonidse, ' by Professor Flyhn.

3. "Notes on a rare Tasmanian Crustacean," by

Professor Chilton.

ABSTKAC:] OF I*ROCKEr)IN(;s. 155

Illuxtrnttd Led are.

Mr. Rodwav delivered an illustrated lecture on Tas-
ananian Cordyceps.

Skptemhp:k and October.

Owing to the influtnza epidemic it was impossible to
hold the usual meetings of the Society during September
and October. A meeting of the Council was held on
1st September, at which several papers were read.

10th November, 1919.

The Monthly Meeting was held at the Museum at
f p.m., Mr. L. Rodway presiding.

Before the business of the meeting was proceeded
with, reference was made to the seveie loss that the
Society had sustained owing to the death of Mr. W. H.
Twelvetrees, Government Geologist of Tasmania.

Mr. Lord drew attention to the fact that the Knglish
Blackbird had been found nesting in Tasmania. He sug-
gested that steps should be taken to prevent this species
becoming a pest to fruitgrowers. It was resolved to writ*i
to the Government concerning the matter.

Lecture.

Di-. W. L. Crowthcr delivered an instiiictive lecture on
Tasmai.ian "Whaling.

lorn December. 1919.
A meeting wa.s held at the Museum at 4.;i0 p.m.
The following members were elected: —
Kt. Rev. R. S. Hay, Bishop of Tasmania, Messrs. J.

R. Irbv, H. Warlow-Davies, T. H. Leahv. A. D. Mackav.

and T.' H. Williams.

156

ANNUAL REPORT

Siljc l^crnal Sotictn d Qinnmrnxm

1919

Patron:

HIS MAJKST^" THE KING.

President :

HIS EX(Jl':i,LKX(;V SIR FRANCIS N K\VJ)KGATE, K.C.M.U.,
GOVI-.RXOR OF TASMANIA.

Vice-Presidents :

E. L. PIESSE, B.S( ., tA.li.
L. ROnVVAY, C.M.(;.

Council :

(Elected March, lOV.)).

A. H. CLARKE, M.R.C.S., L.K.C.H. .1. I-. GLASSON, M.A., D.Sc.

(Ohdrrman)
W. H. CLEMES, HA., B Sc. ,1. A. JOHNSON, M.A.

W. E. L. CROWTHER, D.^.O., .M.B. L. H. LINUON, M.A. (resigned,

( elected Aiijinst, 1919) July, li>l'»)

L. DECHAINEUX L. ROOWAY, C.M.G.

T. W. FOWLER C. C. THOROLD, ^LA.

Hon. Treasurer :

L. ROD WAV.

Auditor :

R. A. i;LAtK.

Secretary and Librarian ;

t'LIVE E. LORD

LI.ST UF MKMBEKS. 157

LIST OF MEMBERS.

Honorary Members:

David, T. W. Edgeworth. C.M.G., B.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Professor of Geology and Physical Geography in 'he
University of Sydney. Ihe University, Sydney.

Mawson, Sir Douglas, B.E., D.Sc. Adelaide.

Shackleton, Sir Ernest IT., Kt.. C.V.O.. F.R.G.S., F.R.A.S.
9 Regent-street, London. S.W.. England.

Spencer, Sir W. Baldwin, K.C.M.G., M.A., F.R.S. Mel-
bourne.

Ordinary, Life, and Corresponding Members :

"C," (.'iiriesiumdiiij: Meiiiln-r.

"L," Member wlio ha.s (■iiiiipoiiii(le<l suliscriptioii.s for life.

*, -Member who Iia.s contribute)! a Paper read before the Society.

t, Member who lias been eleeleil a memlier of the Cuftni'il.

lear of
Kleution.

1916 Ansell, M. M., B.A. The Registrar. The

University, Ilobart.
1918 L Avery, J. Elet-troiytic Zinc Co. Risdon.

1908 L Baker, Ilcnry D. CJo American Consulate,

Hobart.
1887 Barclay, David. 143 Hampden Road. Hobart.

1890 "Beattic, J. W. 1 Mount Stuart Road. Hobart.

1918 Bellamv, llerbeil. City Engineer. Town

Hall, Ifobart.
1901 C Bcnham, W. B.. M.A.. D.Sc, F.R.S.. F.Z.S.

Professor of Biology, University of

Otago. Dunedin. New Zealand.
1903 Bennett. W. H. "Ashby," Ross.

1918 Bennett, A. E. 'Ashby,' Ross.

1900 Benni.son, Thomas. 29 Cromwell Street,

Hobart.
1918 Bennison, E. A. Napoleon Street, Battery

Point.
1918 Bisdee, E. O. Lovely Banks, :Melton Mow-

brav.

1912 *Black, R." A. Chief Clerk. Department of

Agriculture. 50 High Street, Queen-
borough.

1909 *Blackman, A. E. Franklin.

1918 Bowling, J. "Clovelly, ■ Risdon Road.

1892 C Bragg, W. H., M.A.. F.R.S. Professor of
Physics in University College, London.

158 LIST OF MEMBERS.

Year of
Election.

1917 Brettingham-Mooie, Dr E., M.B., Ch.M.

Macquarie-street, Hobart.

1911 Brooks, G. V. Director of Education.

Education Department, Hobart.
1907 Brownell, F. L. "Leura," Main Road, Moonah.

1918 Bryer, J. R. Taroona.

1918 Burbury, Alfred. "Glen Moray," Antill

Ponds.

1919 Burbury, Charles. "Inglewood," Andover.

1918 Burbury, Frederick. "Holly Park," Parattak.

1919 Burbury, Gerald. "Syndal," Ross.
1919 Burbury, T. J. "Park Farm," Jericho.

1909 t*Butler," W. F. D., B.A., M.Sc, LL.B.

Bishop Street, New Town.

1917 Butters, J. H. Chief Engineer and Manager

State Hydro-Electric Department, Ho-
bart.
1919 Chapman, A. D. 105 Macquarie Street.

1912 Chapman, J. R. Holebrook Place, Hobart.

1901 C Chapman, R. W., M.A.. B.C.E. Elder Profes-
sor of Mathematics and Mechanics in the
University of Adelaide. The Univer-
sity, Adelaide.

1913 Chepmell, C. H. D. Clerk of the Legislative

Council. 23 Swan Street, Hobart.
1896 t*Clarke, A. H., M.R.C.S. L.R.C.P. Mac-

quarie Street, Hobart.

1918 Clarke, T. W. H. Quom Hall, Campbell Town
1887 fClemes, Samuel. Principal of Leslie House

School. Clare Street, New Town.

1910 t*Clemes, W. H., B.A., B.Sc. Leslie House

School, Argyle Street, New Town.

1918 Conlon, A. Agricultural Department, Hobart.
1917 Copland, D. B., M. A. Lecturer in History

and Economics, the University, Hobart.

1919 Crawford, R. N. Secretary for Education.

Education Department, Hobart.

1917 Cullen, Rev. John. Macquarie Street, Hobart.

1918 *Cummins, W. H., A.I.A.C. Greenlands

Avenue, Sandy Bav.

1919 t*Crowther, W. L., D.S.O., M.B. Macquarie

Street, Hobart.
1884 Davies, The Hon. C. E., M.L.C. "Lyndhurst,"

New Town Road, New Town.

LIST OF MKMBKKS. 159

Year of
Uleutiun.

1919 Davies, H. Warlow-, C.E. "Abermere,"

Mount Stuart.

1908 fDechaineux, Lucicn. Principal of Te<;hnical

Scliool, Hobart.
1903 Delany. Most liev. Patrick. Archbishop of

Hobart. 99 Barrack Street, Hobart.
1892 C Dendy, A., D.Sc, F.R.S., F.L.S. Professor of

Zoology in the University of London

(Kiiig.s College). "Vale Lodge," ILunp-

stead, London, N.W.
1916 Downie, W. A. Headmaster, Central School,

Hobart.
1919 Elliott, E. A.. MB. Macquarie Street.

1918 EJlis, F. Education Department, Hobart.

1919 Erwin, H. D.. B.A. Christ's College, Ho-

bart.
1918 Evans, L. Acting Director of Agriculture,

Hobart.
1902 Finlay. W. A. 11 Secheron Road, Hobart.

1918 Finlay, C. W. "Baskcrville," Campbell

Town.

1918 Fletcher, C. E. Education Department, Ho-

bart.

1909 +*Flynn, T. Thomson, B.Sc. Ralston Professor

of Biology in the University of Tas-
mania.

1890 L Foster. H. D. 137 Hampden Road. Hobart.

1905 L Foster. J. D. "Fairfield," Epping.

1913 fFowler, T. W., M.Inst. C.E. Clare Street, New

Town.

1918 Gatenby, R. L. Campbell Town.

1908 t*Giblin, Major L. F., D.S.O., B.A. Govern-

ment Statistician, Davey Street.

1918 Gillett, Henry. "Wetmore," Ross.

1913 t^Glasson, J. L., M.A., D.Sc. Lecturer in

Physics in the University of Tasmania.
The Univcrsitv, Hobart.

1907 Gould, Robert. Longford.

1918 Gould, J. W. Tramway Department, Hobart.

1905 L Grant, C. W. "High Peak," Huon Road.
1913 'Hardy, G. H. Hurlstcne. C/o Australian Mus-

eum, Sydney.
1918 Harrap, Lieut-Colonel G. E. Launceston.

1898 Harrison, M. W. Glenorchy.

160 LIST OF MEMBERS.

Year of
Election.

1893 Harvey, W. A., M.B. 154 Macquarie Sti-eet,

Hobart.

1902 C Haswell, William, M.A., D.Sc. F.R.S., F.L.S.
Challis Professor of Bioloe:y in ihe Uni-
versity of Sydney. The University,
Sydney.

1913 Hawison, Edward. "Remine," 174 Argyle

Street, Hobart.

1919 Hay, Rt. Rev R. S. Bishop of Tasmania.

Bishopscourt, Hobart.

1919 ' Headlam, Robert. "Glen Esk," Conara.

1915 Hickman, V. V., B.Sc. Garden Road, Albert

Park, Moonah.

1919 Higgins, Dr. P. Campbell Town.

1913 Hills, Loftus, M.Sc. Government Geologist.

Launceston.

1914 Hitchcock, W. E. Moina.

1908 Hogg, G. H., M.D., C.M. 37 Brisbane Street,

Launceston.

1909 *Hutchison, H. R. 1 Barrack Street, Hobart.
1913 He, G. W. R.. LL.B. Summerhill Road, Ho-
bart.

1919 Irby, J. R. Conservator of Forests. Lands

Department, Hobart.
1898 ^Ireland, E. W. J., M.B., C.M. Launceston

General Plospital.

1918 Innes, H. S. 71 Davey Street, Hobart.

1919 Jackson, Geo. A. Tregear's Building, Collins

Street.
1906 ^Johnson, J. A., M.A. Principal of the Philip

Smith Training College, Hobart.

"Wharepuke," Argyle Street, New Tow?
1911 Keene, E. H. D. Tantallon, Tarleton (A.I.F.

1910 Kermode, R.' C. "Mona Vale," Ross.

1918 Kermode, Lewis Q., B.A. Birkdale, Lanca-

shire, England.
1905 Kerr, George. 165 Campbell Street, Hobart.

1913 Knight, J. C. E. "Windermere," Claremont.

1918 Knight, C. E. L., B.Sc. Claremont.

1919 Knight, H. W. National Mutual Buildings,

Macquarie Street.
1919 Leahy, F. T. Electrolytic Zinc Company,

Risdon.
1887 tLewis, Sir Neil Elliott, K.C.M.G., M.A.,

B.C.L., LI^.B., M.H.A. "Werndee,"

Augusta Road, New Town.

LIST OF MEMBERS. 161

Year of
Election.

1912 fLindon, L. H., M.A. The Lodge," Park

Street, Hobaxt.

1900 Lineg, D. H. E., M.B., Ch.B. Archer Street,

New Town.

1875 C Liversidge, Professor Archibald. M.A., LL.D.,
A.ii.S.M., F.R.S., F.I.C., F.C.S., F.G.S.,
F.R.G.S. "Fieldhead," Coonibe Warren,
Kingston, Surrey, England.

1913 t*Lord, Clive E. Curator and Secretary of the

Tasnianian Museum, Hobart. 'Clive-
den," Mt. Kelson Road, Sandy Bay.

1912 McAlist^r, Miss M. K. Rosetta.

1893 McAulay, Alexander, M.A. Professor of

Mathematics in the University of Tas-
mania. The University, Hobart.

1902 O Maiden, J. H., I.S.O., F.R.S., F.L.S. Director
of Botanic Gardens, Sydney, and Govern-
ment Botanist of New South Wales. Bo-
tanic Gardens, Sydnev.

1918 Mansell, A. E. Molton :Mowbray.

1918 Martin, Colonel W., V.D. Launceston.

1919 Masters, W. E.. B.A., LL.B. Box 22,

G.P.O., Hobai-t.

1913 Mather, J. F. 1 Mount Stuart Road, Hobart.

1917 Mackay, J. H. Professor of Engineering. The

University of Tasmania, Hobart.
1919 Mackay, A. D., B.Sc, M.M.E. 4 Fawkner

Street. South Yarra, Victoria.
1895 *May. W. L. "Forest Hill." Sandford.

1909 , Milicn. J. D. Mount BischoO" Mine, Waratah.
1907 * Miller. Lindsay S.. M.B., Ch.B. 156 Mac-

quaric Street, Hobait.

1894 L Mitchell. J. G. 'Ellesmere," Jericho.

1913 Mitchell, P. H.. B^. Headmaster of the

State High School. Hobart. 2 Ash field
Street. Qiicenborough.

1911 Montgomerv, R. B. Davev Street, New

Town.'

1918 Murdoch, Thomas. Montpelier Road, Hobart.
1882 Nicholas, G. C. "Cawcod." Ouse.

1918 Nirholls, Sir Herbert. Kt. Chief Justice of

Tasmania. Pillinger Street, Queen-
borough.

1910 Nicholls. H. Minchin. Government Micro*

biologist, Department of Agriculture.
Macquarie Sti'cet. Hobart.
K

IfiZ LIS* Of MfiMSfittS.

Year of
Klection.

1919 Nicolson, Norman. "Streanshalh," Campbell

'Town.

1917 Oldham, N., J.P. New To*n.

1919 Oldmeadow, H. E. E. "Lowes Park,' Wood-

bury.

190S Parsons, Miss S. R. 190 Davey Street, Hobart.

1902 t*Piesse, E. L., B.Sc, LL.B. 39 Broadway,

Camberwell, Victoria.

1910 Pillinger, James. 4 Fitzroy Crescent, Hobart.

1918 Pitt, Frank C. K. "Glen Dhu," The Ouse.

1919 Pitt, C. F. Campbell Town.

1908 Pratt, A. W. Courtney. •Athon,' Mt.

Stuart Roaid, Hobart.

1917 Raamsdonk, I. N. Lecturer in Modern JLan-

guages, the University, Hobart. .
1919 Riggall, Captain A. Hortin, D.S.O. Tun-

bridge.
1919 Robertson, J. Moore. Sandy Bay.

1918 Robertson, T. W. Box 93, G.P.O., Hobart.

1919 Rowland, E. 0. Secretary Public Service

Board, Hobait.
1884 t*Rodway, Leonard, C.M.G. Government

Botanist of Tf;smania. Macquarie

Street, Hobart.
1913 Ro.5s, Hector. Sheriff of Tasmania. Elphin-

stcne Road, Hobart.
1915 Ross, J. Head Teacher, New Town School,

New Town (A.T.F.).
1896 S^'ott, R. G., M.B., Ch.M. 172 Macquarie

Street, Hobart.
1919 Sharland, A. Campbell Town.

1892 C *Shirley, John, D.Sc. Principal, Teachers'

Training College, Queensland. "Coot-

tha," Bowcn Hills, Brisbane.
1901 Shoobridge, Canon G. W. 3 Molle Street,

Hobart.
1917 Slaytor, C. H., F.I.C. Haxey, Doncaster,

England.
1919 • Smith, G. O. Town Hall, Hobart.

1919 Smith, G. O., Mrs.

1901 C Smith, R. Greig-, D.Sc. Linnean Hall, Eli-
zabeth Bay. Svdnev.
1919 Snowden, Colonel R. E. "Minallo," West

Hobart.
1896 L *Sprott, Gregory, M.H., CM. Macquad-e

Street, Hobart.

LIST Ok MKMBEK.S. 168

Vear of
Election.

1919 Stevenson, Miss F. "Leith House," New

Town.
1896 L Sticht, RoberL B.Sc, E.M. Mount Lyell

Mining and Railway Co. Ltd., Queen

Street, Melbourne.
1913 Susiiian. Maurice. 88 IMurray Street. Hobart.

1907 Tarleton, .). W. 108 High Street, Queen-

borough.

1887 *Taylor, A. .). Librarian of ihe Tasmanian

Public Library. 28 1) Arcy Street, Ho-
bart.

1918 Taylor, Walter E. Elboden Street, Hobart.

1892 C ^Thomson, G. M., F.L.S. Dunedin, New Zea-
land.
irnS Thorold, C. C, M.A. llutchins School, Hobact.

1918 Walch, Percy. King Street, Sandy Bay.

1901 C Wall, Arnold. M.A. Professor of English Lan-
guage and Literature in Canterbury
College. Christchurch. New Zealand.

1913 Wardman, John. Superintendent of the

Botanical Gardens. Botanical Gardens.
Hobart.

1918 Waterhouso, G. W., B.A., LL.M. Cantab.

Messrs. Ritchie and Parker. Alfred
Green and Co., Launceston.

1918 Watt, W. The Observatory. Hobart.

1918 Weber. A. F. Lands Department. Hobart.

1919 Williams, T. Tl . Electrolytic Zinc Company.

Risdon.
H'Ol Wise. H. J. Lambert Avenue. Sandy Bay.

Meiiitiers are askt-il tn inform the ."-ecretarN «f any cliange of aildress or olhar
necessary correction. .

164 ANNUAL REPORT.

ANNUAL KEPORT.

In accordance with Rule 39, the Council present a
report of the Proceedings of the Society for 1919.

The Council and Officers.

The Annual General Meeting was held on the lOtb
March. Eleven nominations being received for membership
of the Council, an election was held, with the result that
the following nine members were elected as the Council
for 1919:— Dr. A. H. Clarke, Dr. J. L. Glasson, Messrs.
W. H. Clemes, L. Dcchaineux, T. W. Fowler, J. A. John-
son, L. H. Lindon, L. Rodway, C. C. Thorold.

The Council at the first meeting elected the following
officers: — Dr. Clarke (Chairman), Mr. L. Rodway (Hon.
Treasurer), Mr. Clive Lord (Secretary and Librarian).

The Council elected Dr. Clarke, Messrs. Clemes.
Dechaineux, Johnson, Lindon, and Rodway, to be trustees
of the Tasmanian Museum and Botanical Gardens.

During the year Mr. Lindon resigned, and Dr. W.
L. Crowther was elected in his place.

Eleven Council meetings were held during the year,
the attendance being as follows: — Mr. Rodway 11, Mr.
Johnson 10, Mr. FoVler 9, Mr. Clemes 8, Mr. Thorold
8, Dr. Clarke 7, Dr. Glasson 6, Mr. Dechaineux 6, Mr.
Lindon (resigned July) 6, Dr. Crowther (elected August)
3

Meeting/^.

Eight ordinary meetings and one special meeting were
held during the year. The outbreak of pneumonic in
fluenza in September and October interfered with the
programme of lectures, but notwithstanding this the ses-
sion, generally speaking, was a successful one. Many in-
structive papers were read, and the meetings were well
attended.

Mevibership.

It is satisfactory to record a substantial increase in
the membership of the Society. The roll at the end of
the year showed that there were four honorary members,
eleven corresponding members, seven life members, and
one hundred and forty-two ordinary members. A number
of the new subscriptions do not become due until next year,
but when they are received they will add very materially
to the financial strength of the Society.

ANNUAL REPOET. 165

Library.
The Library of the Society now contains over 13,000
volumes, in addition to a large number of pamphlets and
other documents. Many of these are of great value, and
the upkeep of the Library is becoming an increasing tax
on the Society's resources. An extension of the present
Library accommodation is becoming a necessity. Owing to
the risks of transportation no books have been purchased
for several years past with the money derived from the
Morten Allport Memorial Fund, but next year it is pro-
posed to acquire a numbor of volumes with the income
obtained from this fund.

Education Section.

Chairman : L. Dechaineux.

Hon. Sec: W. H. Clemes, B.A.. B.Sc.

Owing to the Influenza Epidemic only four meetings
of this Section were held. The following papers were read
and discussed : —

' Thci Training of the Emctions and the Will at the
Primary Stage," by L. Dechaineux.

"The Training of the Emotions," by J. A. Johnson,
M.A.

"The Training of tlic^ Will," bv S. Clemes.

Obituary.
It is with regret that the Society has to record the
death of the following members during the past year: —

H. L. Roberts, of "Beaumaris." Hobart. (Elected a

member in 1864.)
W. H. Twelvetrecs, of Launccston. Government

Geologist of Tasmania. (Elected a member in

1896.)
G. E. Brettingham-Moore, of Hobart. (Elected a

member in 1900.)
Donald McKinnon, of "Dalness.' Evandale. (Elected

a member in 1918.)
John Ta54or, of "Winton," Campbell Town. (Elected

a member in 1918.)

W. H. TWELVETREES, F.G.S.

W. H. Twelvetrees was born in Bedfordshire, England,
in 1848. In 187] he was employed at the Viskrensensky
copper mines and smelting works in Eastern Russia, and
remained there for nine vears. He was stationed at the

166

ANNUAL REPORT

Lidjeesie silver mines in Asia Minor from 1882 until 1884.
He then became general manager of these mines, and re-
mained in the district until 1891, when he came to Tas-
mania. He soon began to take an interest in public affairs,
and was secretary of the first exhibition at Launceston^
which was held in the Albert-hall in 1892. In 1899
he was. appointed Government Geologist and Chief In-
spector of Mines. He carried out the duties of the com-
bined officers until 1914, when the inspection of mines was
made a separate branch of the Mines Department. Since
1914 he held the position of Government Geologist and
Director of the Geological Survev of Tasmania, and con-
tinued his work practically to the time of his death.

During his regime, the work in his branch of the
Department grew in volume and importance. The Geoloo-i
cal Gallery, at Launceston, established in connection with
the Geological Survey, will always stand as a me-
morial to his enthusiastic work.

His connection with various scientific societies is well
known, and his many valuable contributions in the shape
of scientific writings will ever serve to remind geologists
and others of his work.

Owing _ to his death the State has lost a valuable
servant, this Society a prominent member, and many of
the remaining members have lost a personal friend. Mr.
Twelvetrees's kindly nature led him to be honoured and
respected by all classes of people, and his loss will be felt
far beyond the realm of the scientific world.

-c

o

-* ©1 —

0 ^

; 0

0

f^

»

r.

o

-. u-5 0

-* 0 Ift

^

■*

w

—

>— '

—

—

'•^

^

t- ?D 05
:i OJ —

— ■NX

X

■>'

r~

"

0 -^

•0 n

— > —

^

■^ 6

•^ -

r/l

^—

^

W

^-r^

>■

<

1

u : :

1)

c - b

"w

■/: :

£ :

3 t^
— — --^

A

a;

^3~

r" —

- ~

3

'T X) ~.

0

^ *"

i;

—

d C) ri

-3 s ;-

_3

_2

:3

- 5

"5

^
^

5

X

- —

"J •— 5 —

'^

—

_•

■^

0 0 05

-

.rr

<»

■/

..-

;■-

: 0

Tf

12

X

CO

**i

0

0: c

3;

00

— '

C5

<>«

X r

^«

fM

•^

l~.

■M

_ - -

^

_ — -

^

^:--

-

,

^

X.

■-*J

'/.

it

r-i

^ —

PL,

'*^

1-^

M

o

-^

w

: :

•

0

-z

— " -j.^ -

:

"5

rt

■^^^

i^

r

-^.

.'Z.

*

- *j t

^

.4~>

'—

^ cc

_

z.

—

.^j

1 X ^ '

«

.-^

t

J

"^

^c

!= 1^ 5 ;

£ r .^ •

5

5

0

0)

■d'

•■J

4,

C

_5

CS

^

0

a:

Oi

0)

^

'■

^

>

cc

c3

!»

z>

ji

^

■-^ s

x:

w S

O

o o

^^.'■^

' - ~ y 5 -

— ~— c ^

F — ^ -<

=^ ?" _ ?

I £ t I

^ -t^ If; 2

M-5 J

^11 .= =

I I

- J

- p

<s —

11 's

•2^±

168

INDEX.

Titles of Papers, and Is'ew Oeneia and Species in Heavy Type.
Synonyms in Italic.

Abraham Barker (ship), 150.
Abstract cf Proceedings, 152.
Accoisnts, 167.
Achelia langi, 90.
Adventure Bay, 17, 40, 41, 42.
Adventure (shii)), 40, 53.
Aladdin (ship), 146.
Aldham, Capt., 48.
Ammothea assimilis, 87.

InnqicoUis, 81.
Amphithalamus luteofuscus,

63.
Annual Meeting, 152.

Report, 156.
Anoi/Iodactuhi-t tuhiferus, 79.
Ansell, M. M., 157.
Apaturris costifera, 56.
Area metal! a, 68.
Ascorhynchus longicollis. 81.
Asia (ship), 146.
Atherimorpha, 120.
Aulographum eucalypti, 115.
Australian Rhyphtdae and
Leptidae (G. H. Hardy).
117.
Austroleptis, 126.

rhyphcides, 127.

mt'.ltimacu!ata, 128.
Avery, J., 157.
Aviculopecten, 37.

Balaenoptera, 2, 132.
Baleen, 133.
Barclay, D., 157.
Baudin, Admiral, 44.
Beattie. J. W.. 1-57.
Bellamy, H., 157.
Benham, Professor, 157.
Bennett, A. E., 157.
Bennett, W. H., 157.
Bennison, E.j 157.
Bennison, T., 157.
Berardins, 25, 31.
Bisdee, E. O., 157.
Blackbird, 155.
Black, R. A., 152, 157, 167.
Blackman, A. E., 157.
Black Whale Fi.shery, 133.
Boletus badius. 111.
BouUanger, 50.
Bowline, J., 157.
Bragg, Professor, 157.

Brettingham-Moore, G. E.,

165.
Brettingham-Moore, Dr. E. ,

158.
Brooks, G. V., 158.
Brownell, F. L., 158.
Bryer, J. R., 158.
Burbury, A., 158.
Burburv, C, 153, 158.
Burbury, F., 158.
Burbury, G., 153, 158.
Burbury. T. V., 153, 158.
Butler, W. F. D., 158.
Butters, J. H., 158.

CaSIcchiton elongatus, 55.

Cenangiuui furfuraceum, 114.

Gerithicpsls mamilla, 65.
apicasta, 64.

Cetacaa, Studies of Tasmanlan
(H. H. Scott and Clive
Lord).
Part I., 1-17.
Part II., 23-32.
Part III., 96-109, 153.

Chapman, A. D., 158.

Chapman, J. R., 158.

Chase, G., 143, 145.

Chepmell, C, 158.

Chilton, Dr. Charles. Note
on the occurrence in Tas-
maniH of tho fresSiwater
crab, Hymenosorra lacus-
tris, 93, 154.

Chlorospleniuni aeruginosum,
113.

Chry.sopilus, 117. 121. 122.

Ciboria firma, 113.

Clarke, Dr. A. H.. 152, 156
(Council, 158, 164.

Clarke, T. W. H., 158.

Clavaria rosea, 111.

Clemes, S., 158.

Clem PS, W. H. Notes on th'-
Gro^ogy of Wineglass Bny,
18-21. Notes on the
Geology of Maria Id., 33-
38, 152 (Council), 154
(Lecture), 156 (Council),
158, 164, 165.

Olesthenia, l20.

Clymenia, 4.

INDEX.

169

CoccL'ilinella lasmanica, 67.

CoUybia. Iiiityiacea, IKJ.

protrarta. IIU.
Coniinella lineolata, 67.
Conlon. A., 158.
Copland, D. B., lo8.
Cord lie*' 1)" Cdin, 116.

•iiacilis, 116.

robi'rtsii. 116.

scoff in mix, 116.

fmilori. 116.
Corral (ship), 150.
Cox, Capt., 41.
Crawford, 1?., 158.
Crowther, Dr. W. L.. 2, 10.

i:-!0-151.
Crowther. Dr- ^\ . l.n(h>u\I<.

Nctes on T?snian:an
Whaling, 130-151, 155
(licciurc). 1.56 (Council),
15S, 164.

Crufiljaluin simile, 11.3.

Oullen, J., 158.

CumniiiiR. W. H. (Lecture),
153, 158.

Cyclostrema ba.stowi, 66.

Cystopus traiiopotzionis. 116.

])arliii;j:t()ii. 47.
T)asyscyj)!iii eucalypti, 114.
Dasyoiiiiiia. 1"_'3.

maculipsnnis, 123-

dissimiljs, 124.
Davies, C. E., 158.
Duvies, H. Warlo«, 1.59.
I)<Khaineux. L., 152, 156

(Council), 159, 164, 165.
Delany. Uev. P.. 159.
l)ol]iliinapterus peronii, 4.
Delphiiius. 97, 101, 102.

riliiioifirr. 99.

ciiri/)iotnr, 99.

iiiefls. 99.

t rii iirtit II <. 99.
Dendrodochium molle, 116.
Dendy, I'lntessor, 159.
Diala traiislucida, 69.
Dij^tera. 117.
Dolpiiin. {.6-109.
Downie. W., 1-59.
i:)ras:;on (ship), 138.
Duchess (ship), 43.
Dnke of Clarence (.ship), 43.

Early History of Maria Island

(Cliv,. i.oid). :v.)-',\, |.-,4.

K/itiiKiiri /ncifsfri.s, ii4.
Ehzibeth Jane (ship), 2, 131,
146, 147.

Elliott, E. A., 1.52, 159.
Ellis, E., 1.59.
Emilv Downinu; (ship), 146.
P^mmett, E. T., 152.
E/)i</nn f/iaf/io-"i7f!lt. 4, 25.

n<)V(te-~faJandloe, 25.
Erwin, H., 159.
Esperanco (ship), 43.
Estoa. .59.

korshaui, 60.

labrotoma, 61.

microcosta, 61.

olivaeoa, 60.

perpolita, 61.

tiiinida. 60.
Eudyptalos chrysocome, 41.
Eulinia apheles, 67.

a mill r, 67.

marf^inata, 67.
Europa (ship), 151.
f]iir.\(yd(> lonjiicollis, 81.
Eiirvdesnia, 37.
Evans. L., 1.54. 1-59.

Eanny Kisher (shij)), 157.

Ea\'ositos. 37.

Kem-.stella. 37.

Einancial Statement. 167.

Einlav, W. A., 159.

Finlav. (;. W., 1.59.

Flyiii- Childers (ship), 146.

Flvin-^ S(piirrel (ship), 2, 146.

Fowh-r. T. W., 1.52, 1-53 (Loc-
turo), 1.56 (Council), 159.

Fletcher, C. E.. 1-59.

Flynn. I'rofessor T. 'V. A Re-
examination of Professor
Hasweli's Typ:s of Aus-
tralian Pycnogonida, 70-
92, 159.

Foster, H., 1.59.

Fo.stor, J., 1.59.

Fiinsi. Tasmanian, 1.54.

Gatenby. \\ . I-.. 1.59.

Ceomapbe (sliip^ -14.

Geology cf Maria Island, Notes
en (W. II. Cl.ines). .-33-
.3S. 1.54.

Geology of Wineglass Bay,
Notes on (W. 11. Clenies),
lW-21. 1.53.

(;ibliii. Major. 1.59.

(;il]ett. H.. 1.59.

Clas.son, Dr. .1. L., 152 (Coun-
cil), 164

Globichephalus mclas, 1-17,
106, 132.

Cordon Hivcr, 154.

Could. H., 1.59.

J.

170

INDEX.

Gould, J. W., 159.
Grecian (ship), 147.

Halicore australis, 4.
Hardy, G. H. Australian
Rhyphidae and Lepticlae,

117-129, 159.
Harrap, Col., 153.
Harrison, M., 160.
Harvev, Dr. W., 160.
Haswell, Professor, 70-92,

160.
Havannah (ship), 49.
Hawson, E. IQO.
Hav, Ht. Rev. R. S., 155,

160.
Headlam, R., 153, 160.
Helotium nigripes, 113.
Hickman, V. V., 160.
Himiins, Dr., 160.
Hiyiiland Marv (ship), 150.
Hills, Loftns."l60.
Hitchcock, 160.
Hogg, Dr., 160.
Hohepa te Umuroa, 48.
Hnmaria bovina, 114.
Hurd's Island, 147.
Hntchison, H. R., 160.
Hydnangium anstraliense, 111.
alveolatuni, 112.
hiisbaneiisis, 112.
densum, 112.
mfcrosporium, 111.
Hydros platicrus, on the cc-

currence in Tasmania of

(C'livo Lord), 22, 152.
Hynienochoote pnrinirea, 111-
Hynicnogastcr fulvns, 112.
Hymenosoma iacustris, on the

cccurrenca cf in Tasmania

(Professor Chilton), 93.
Hvi>ocrea snlfnria, 115.
Hysterangium atratirm, 112.
cbtiflSf^im, 112.

Innes, H. S., 160.
Ionia, (ship), 150.
Irbv, J. R., 156, 160.
Ireland, Dr., 160.
Isabella (ship), 146.
Isle of France (ship), 146.

Jackson, G-, 160.
Johnson, J. A., 152 (Conii-
cil), 1.56, TOO, 164, 165.

Keene, E., 160.
Kergnelen Island, 147.
Kermode, R. C, 160.
K'<-rmode, R. Q.. 160.
Kerr, G.. 160.

Killer Whale, 1-18, 149.
Knight, C, 160.
Knight, J., 160.
Knight, H., 160.

Labillardiere, 53.

Lannv, William, 3.

Leahy, F. T., 160.

hee, Mrs. Ida, 53.

Leptidae, 117.

Lc III jx ff'otia//-^,^ 121.

Jiowis, A. N., 154.

Lewis, Sir N. F,., 160.

Lindon, 156 (Council), 161.

Lines, Dr., 161.

Lipristes consabrlna, 64.

Ijiversidgc, Professor, 161.

Lobniogaster, 117.

Lord, ('live E- On the occur-
rsnce in Tasmania of Hy-
dros platurus, 22. The
Early History of Maria
Island, 39-.-)4, 130, 153,
154, 156, 161, 164, 167.

Lord, Clive E. (and Scott).
Studies of Tasmanian
Cstacea. Part I., 1-17.
Part 11., 23-30. Part
III.. 96-109. 130, 153,
154.

Mackav, A. D., 161.
Mackav, Professoi-, 161.
Macquart, 129.
McAlLster, M., 161.
McAulav, 161.
McKiniion, D., 165.
Maiden, J. H., 161.
Mansell. A. E., 161.
Marginella inosrta, 59.

angasi, 59.

freycineti, 59.

miiilticCQntata, 59.

cbesula, 58.

ringens, 58.

shorehami, 58.

thouinensis, 59.
Maria Island, 33, 54.
Maria Orr (ship), 2, 146.
Marie Laurie (ship), 146.
Martin, Colonel, 161.
Masters, W. E., 161.
Mather, J. F., 161.
Mange, I'oint, -53.
Manionard, Cape, 35, 52.
MaA\son, Sir Douglas, 157.
May, W. L. New Species of
Tasmanian Mcllusca, 55-
69, 161.
Megaptera longiniana, 132.

INDEX.

171

Members, List of, 1-37.
Mercury (ship), 41.
Meiiilius avcreuR, 111.
Mosoplodon, 2'), 31-
Mt'toponia lubriceps, 119.
Miciotlivrium amvgdalinum,

115.'
Mistaken, Oape, oO.
Milieu, J. D., 161.
Miller, Dr., 161.
Mitchell, J. G., 161.
MoiitKomory, K. B., IGl.
MoitiintT. I.icut- (!., ')i.
Morton Allport Memorial,

Mt. Xelsoii. 112.
Murdoch. T.. 161.
Mystacoccti, 131.

Xaturalisti' (shij)), 44.
Nautilus (.sliii)), 14(i.
New Species of Tasmanian
Mcllnsca (\V. L. May),

Napotilia diaphana, -IG-

le.nrau'li. -"7.
Ne\viie)j;ati', Sir Kiaiu-is, l.j2,

1.j4. l.J6.
Nicholas. (;. C, 161.
Nicholls, Sir Horbort, 161.
Nicholls, H. M.. 161.
Nicol.-ou. .\.. 162.
Northcru Li^Iit (ship*. loO.
Notes and Additions to the

Ft:ngL'£ Flora cf Tasmania

(I.. Hoftwav), 110.
Notes en Tasmanian Whaling

(W. 1,. Crowtiicr). 1.30-

1")!, l.".'.
Not2s cn the Geology of

Maria Id. (\V. II.

C'ienics). 33-.3S. |.-)4.
Noter cn the Geology of

Wineglass Bay (W. H.

C'lcnn-s). 1>---'1. 1."j3.
Note cn th? Occurrence of

Hymencscrr.a lacust^'is in

Tasmania (Professor Ci.il-

ton). 93-!).",, lo4.
Xotomyn, 37.

Nctosetia pirpureostoma, 63.
Nynii)ln)U nt'c)ui(iiL:,itatuni, 72.
uiraffa, 70.
longiceps. To.
validinn. To.
Xyniphnpsis armatus, 84.

Obitf.'.ary, 16.)-166.
Odontoceti. 131.
O'Hrien, Smith, 48.
Offl(>v (ship), 146.

Olbiogastor, 117.
Oldham, N., 162.
OldmoadoNv, H., 162.
On tha Occurr'nce in Tas-
mania of Hyorus platurus
(C"liv<> Lord). 22.
Orbitestella iredalei, 6-3.
Orca -iladiator, 1-17, 96, 132.

brevirostris, 26.

capensis, 9.

mcridioualis, 3, 131 .

pacifica, o.
Othollo (ship). 146.
Oyster Bay, -36.

Pachydromus, 37.
Pdllnir luirh '""hi^irn^ ii-
PiusoMs. S.. 162.
Patellcida corrodenda, 66.

tlaiiinn'.i, 66.

Paurccctylis nivejs, 11-3.
l)ila, 11.3.

P<'lecorhyiiclnis, 123.

Poron, Capp, -32.

Phlcbia reflexa. 111.

I'Jiorfiid rrnxxnlcn^, o.

Pholiota adiposn. 111.

P/iDi irh Hid I II III- t iihifrrii w ,
79.

Phvseta macrocephalus, 131.

Pillin;rcr, J.. 162.

Piesso. E. I.. 1-36 (Vice-Presi-
dent), 162.

Pitt. C, 162.

Pitt. v.. 162.

Pliturus laticaudatus. 22.

Polir.ices catenoides, 37.

aulacoLilossa , ')i .

catena. -37.
Pride (ship), 146.
Prince Heiz;ent (ship), 146.
Prodelphinus, 96.
Protoretopora. 37.
P.seudarcopaj:;ia botanica, 68.
P.seudi-rca crassidens, 1-17, 96.

inirid iKuahx, -3.
Pseudopal'ienc pachychoira,

» I ■
]'uccini;i. obtcsens, 113.

suaveolens, 113.

Kaam.sdonk. I.. 162.
liaiduium molare, 111.
Pcchercho (ship). 43.
Resolution (ship), 40.
Rhdii'io (it rata, 122.
Jihopalorhvnchus tenuissimus,

71.
Rhyphidae, 117.
I^In/nhiis hrpvis, 118.
dubius, 118.

172

INDEX.

Riedle Bav, 35, 53.

Riggall, Capt., 153, 162.

Rissoii folumnaria, 59.

Risscpsis brevis, 63.

Robertson, J. Moore, 162.

Robertson, T., 162.

Robinson, Capt., 146.

Rodway, Ij. Notes and Addi-
tions to the Fungus Flora
of Tasmania, 110-116,
152, 153, 154, 162, 164,
167.

Ross, J., 54.

Ross, H., 162.

Rowland, E., 162.

Runnymede (ship), 3, 146.

Sally (ship), 136.
Sapphire (ship^i, 146.
Schouten Peninsula, 18, 46.
Scott, H. H. (land Lordi.
StL;dies of Tasmanian
Cetacea, 1-lS, 23-32, 96-
1U9, 153, 154.
Scott, H. H., 152 (Lecture).
Sea Snake, 22.
Secotium ochraceum, 112.
Se«i;n]fntina victoriae, 69.
Shaekh'ton, Sir E., 157.
Slaytor, C. H., 162.
Slopen Island, 137.
Smith, G. O., 152, 162.
Smith, Dr. R. Groip;, 162.
SnoAvden, Col., 152, 162.
Spaniopsis, 125.

ckdandi, 126.

longicornis, 126.

marginipeiniis, 126.

tabaniformis, 126.

vexans, 126.
Spencer, Sir W. B., 157.
Sperm wliale, 130, 151.
Sphaerosoma tasmanica, 115.
Spirifcr, 37-

Spragueola mucrda, 114.
Sprott, Dr., 162.
Stenopora, 37.
Stevenson, F., 152, 163.
Stick t, K., 163.
Stilbnm erythi-ocephalnm, 116.

Strophalosia, 37.

Studies of Tasmanian Cetacea

(H. H. Scott and Clive
liord), 1-18, 23-32, 96-109.

Susman, M., 163.

Sussex (ship), 146.

Swift (skip), 48.

Tarleton, J., 163.

Tasmanian Cetao3a, 1-18, 23-

32, 96-109.
Tasmanian Moliusoa, 55-69.
Tasmanian Whaling, 130.
Tavlor, A. J., 163.
Tavlor, W. E., 163.
Taylor, J., 165.
The Early History of Maria
Island (Clive Lord), 39-
54.
Tkompson, C, 163.
Thorold, C. C, 152 (Council^

156, 163, 164.
Triphora mamillata, 6?

albovittata, 68.
Tnri'itella atkinsoni, 68.
Tnrsiops, 17.

abnsnlam, 99.

catalania, 96-109.

gilli, 99.

parvinianrs, 99.

tiirsio, 96-109.
Twelvetrces, 163 (Obituary;.

Velocity (ship), 146.

Walch, P., 163.
AVall, Professor, 163-
AVardman, J.. 163.
Watorlunise, G., 163.
Waterwitch (ship), 3.
Watt, W., 163.
Weber, A., 163.
Whaling, Tasmanian (W. L.

Crowther), 130-151.
AVhales, 1-18, 23-32, 96-109.
Williams, H.. 155, 163.
W^isc, H. J., 163.

Zephyr (ship), 146.
Ziphius cavirostris, 23-32.

o

o

•^"t fT^ •»